]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from origin/emacs-24
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21607 54478
69 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21607 54478
89 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21607 54478
100 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21607 54478 800121
112 ;;;;;; 42000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21607 54477
242 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21609
841 ;;;;;; 55608 852266 580000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21640 46919 650145
900 ;;;;;; 897000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21607 54478 800121
922 ;;;;;; 42000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21607 54477 800124
955 ;;;;;; 118000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21607
982 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21607 54477 800124
1019 ;;;;;; 118000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21607 54477 800124
1041 ;;;;;; 118000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21621 7062 810116
1157 ;;;;;; 332000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21607 54478
1249 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21607 54478
1456 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21625
1484 ;;;;;; 43838 483701 627000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21607 54477 800124
1497 ;;;;;; 118000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21607 54478
1558 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21632 17083 200835
1569 ;;;;;; 890000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21628
1608 ;;;;;; 43483 380149 771000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21607 54477 800124
1660 ;;;;;; 118000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21607 54478
1787 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21607 54477 800124
1806 ;;;;;; 118000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21607
1842 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21607 54478
1879 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 800121 42000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21607 54478 300138
1982 ;;;;;; 641000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21607 54478
2007 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21607 54477 800124
2127 ;;;;;; 118000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21607 54478
2321 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21607 54478 800121
2678 ;;;;;; 42000))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 800121 42000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21645
2721 ;;;;;; 29116 670141 789000))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2735
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2744
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2764
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2799
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2803
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2807
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21617
2842 ;;;;;; 49721 420132 227000))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21609 55608
2852 ;;;;;; 852266 580000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21607
2864 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2871
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2898 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2899
2900 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2901
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2946
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2953
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959
2960 ;;;***
2961 \f
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21607 54477
2963 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967
2968
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21607 54477 800124
2974 ;;;;;; 118000))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2982
2983 ;;;***
2984 \f
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21607 54477
2986 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3005
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3017
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21607 54478 300138
3030 ;;;;;; 641000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3042
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21653
3048 ;;;;;; 23227 760147 961000))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3050
3051 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3052 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3053
3054 \(fn)" nil nil)
3055
3056 ;;;***
3057 \f
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21628 56730
3059 ;;;;;; 520119 990000))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3061
3062 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3063 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3064
3065 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3066 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3067
3068 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3069 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3070
3071 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3072
3073 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3074 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3075 made from scratch.
3076
3077 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3078
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3080 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3081
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3090
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3092
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3095 made from scratch.
3096
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3098
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3101
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3110
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3112
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3116
3117 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3121
3122 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3123 variables are guessed:
3124
3125 * `c-basic-offset', and
3126 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3127 `c-offsets-alist'.
3128
3129 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3130 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3131
3132 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3133 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3134
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3137 guess is made from scratch.
3138
3139 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3140 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3141
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3146 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3147 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3148
3149 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3150 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3151 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3152
3153 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3154
3155 ;;;***
3156 \f
3157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21652 2366
3158 ;;;;;; 414435 564000))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3160
3161 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3163 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3164 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3165 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3166 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3167 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3168
3169 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3178
3179 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3183 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3184 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3185
3186 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3187
3188 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3189 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3190
3191 Key bindings:
3192 \\{c-mode-map}
3193
3194 \(fn)" t nil)
3195
3196 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3202 message.
3203
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3205
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3208
3209 Key bindings:
3210 \\{c++-mode-map}
3211
3212 \(fn)" t nil)
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3214
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3233
3234 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Java code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3240 message.
3241
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3246
3247 Key bindings:
3248 \\{java-mode-map}
3249
3250 \(fn)" t nil)
3251 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3252
3253 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3260
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3265
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{idl-mode-map}
3268
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3272
3273 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3276 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3279 message.
3280
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3282
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3285
3286 Key bindings:
3287 \\{pike-mode-map}
3288
3289 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3293 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3295
3296 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3300 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3301 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3302
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3304
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3307
3308 Key bindings:
3309 \\{awk-mode-map}
3310
3311 \(fn)" t nil)
3312
3313 ;;;***
3314 \f
3315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21628
3316 ;;;;;; 56730 520119 990000))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3318
3319 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3321 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3322 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3323
3324 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3325
3326 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3327 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3328 might get set too.
3329
3330 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3331 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3332 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3333 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3334 in this way.
3335
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3337 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3338 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3339 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3340 a null operation.
3341
3342 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3343
3344 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3347 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3348
3349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3350
3351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3354
3355 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3356
3357 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3358 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3359 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3360 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3361 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3362
3363 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3364
3365 ;;;***
3366 \f
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21628 56730
3368 ;;;;;; 520119 990000))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3370 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3371 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3372 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3373
3374 ;;;***
3375 \f
3376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21607 54478 300138
3377 ;;;;;; 641000))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3379
3380 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3381 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3382
3383 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3384
3385 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3386 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3387
3388 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3389
3390 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3391 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3392
3393 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3394 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3395 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3396 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3397 execution.
3398
3399 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3400
3401 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3402
3403 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3404 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3405
3406 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3407 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3409 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3410
3411 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3412 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3413 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3414 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3415 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3416 `write' commands.
3417
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3419 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3420 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3421 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3422
3423 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3424 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3425 semantics.
3426
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3428
3429 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3430
3431 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3432
3433 STATEMENT :=
3434 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3435 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3436
3437 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3438 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3439 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3440 | integer
3441
3442 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3443
3444 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3445 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3446 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3447
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3449 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3450 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3451
3452 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3453 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3454
3455 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3456 BREAK := (break)
3457
3458 REPEAT :=
3459 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3460 (repeat)
3461 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3462 ;; (repeat))
3463 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3464 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3465 ;; (read REG)
3466 ;; (repeat))
3467 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3468 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3469 ;; (read REG)
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3472
3473 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3474 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3475 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3476 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3477 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3478 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3479 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3480 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3481 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3482 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3483 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3484 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3485 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3486 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3487 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3488 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3489
3490 WRITE :=
3491 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3492 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3493 ;; representation.
3494 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3495 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3496 ;; (write r7))
3497 | (write EXPRESSION)
3498 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3499 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3500 ;; representation.
3501 | (write integer)
3502 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3503 ;; buffer.
3504 | (write string)
3505 ;; Same as: (write string)
3506 | string
3507 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3508 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3509 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3510 ;; representation.
3511 | (write REG ARRAY)
3512 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3513 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3514 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3515 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3516 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3517 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3518
3519 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3520 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3521
3522 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3523 END := (end)
3524
3525 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3526 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3527 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3528
3529 ARG := REG | integer
3530
3531 OPERATOR :=
3532 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3533 + | - | * | / | %
3534
3535 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3536 | & | `|' | ^
3537
3538 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3539 | << | >>
3540
3541 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3542 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3543 | <8
3544
3545 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3546 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3547 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3548 | >8
3549
3550 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3551 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3552 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3553 | //
3554
3555 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3556 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3557
3558 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3559 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3560 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3561 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3562 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3563 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3564 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3565 | de-sjis
3566
3567 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3568 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3569 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3570 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3571 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3572 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3573 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3574 ;; byte of SJIS.
3575 | en-sjis
3576
3577 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3578 ;; Same meaning as C code
3579 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3580
3581 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3582 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3583 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3584 | <8=
3585
3586 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3587 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3588 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3589
3590 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3591 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3592 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3593 | //=
3594
3595 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3596
3597
3598 TRANSLATE :=
3599 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3600 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3601 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3602 LOOKUP :=
3603 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3604 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3605 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3606 MAP :=
3607 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3608 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3609 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3610 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3611 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3612 MAP-ID := integer
3613
3614 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3615
3616 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3617
3618 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3619 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3620 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3621 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3622 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3623 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3624
3625 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3626
3627 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3628 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3629 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3630
3631 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3632
3633 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3634
3635 ;;;***
3636 \f
3637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21645 29116
3638 ;;;;;; 670141 789000))
3639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3640
3641 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3642 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3643 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3644 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3645
3646 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3647
3648 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3649
3650 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3651 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3652
3653 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3654
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21607 54477 800124
3658 ;;;;;; 118000))
3659 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3660 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3661
3662 ;;;***
3663 \f
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21607 54478
3665 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3667 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3668
3669 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3670 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3671 There are no special keybindings by default.
3672
3673 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3674 to the action header.
3675
3676 \(fn)" t nil)
3677
3678 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3679 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3680 There are no special keybindings by default.
3681
3682 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3683 to the action header.
3684
3685 \(fn)" t nil)
3686
3687 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3688 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3689
3690 \(fn)" t nil)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21607 54477
3695 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3697 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3702 ;;;;;; (21607 54477 800124 118000))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3704
3705 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3706 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3707 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3708
3709 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3710
3711 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3712 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3713 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3714
3715 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3716
3717 ;;;***
3718 \f
3719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21607
3720 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
3721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3722 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3723 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3724 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3725 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3726 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3727 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3728 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3729 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3731
3732 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3733
3734
3735 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3738
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3740 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3741 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3742 the users will view as each check is completed.
3743
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3745
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3747 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3748 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3749 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3750 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3751 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3752 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3753 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3754
3755 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3758 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3759 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3760 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3761 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3762 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3763 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3764 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3765
3766 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3767
3768 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3769 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3770 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3771 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3772 spacing are all verified.
3773
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3777 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3778 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3779 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3780 otherwise stop after the first error.
3781
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3785 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3786 Only documentation strings are checked.
3787 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3788 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3789 a separate buffer.
3790
3791 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3792
3793 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3794 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3795 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3796 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3797 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3798
3799 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3800
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3802 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3803 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3804 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3805 if there is one.
3806
3807 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3810 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3811 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3812 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3813 if there is one.
3814 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3815
3816 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3817
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3819 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3820 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3821
3822 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3823
3824 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3825 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3826 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3827 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3828 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3829
3830 \(fn)" t nil)
3831
3832 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3833 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3834 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3835 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3836 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3837 space at the end of each line.
3838
3839 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3840
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3842 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3843 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3844 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3845
3846 \(fn)" t nil)
3847
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3849 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3850 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3851 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3852
3853 \(fn)" t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3857 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3858 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3859
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3864 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3865 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3866
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3868
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3870 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3871 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3872 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3873
3874 \(fn)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3878 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3894
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3896
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3901
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3903
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3905 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3909
3910 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3911 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3912 checking of documentation strings.
3913
3914 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3915
3916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3917
3918 ;;;***
3919 \f
3920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21607
3921 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
3922 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3923
3924 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3925 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3926 Return the length of resulting text.
3927
3928 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3929
3930 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3931 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3932
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3934
3935 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3936 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3937 Return the length of resulting text.
3938
3939 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3942 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3943
3944 \(fn)" t nil)
3945
3946 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3947
3948
3949 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3950
3951 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3952
3953
3954 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3955
3956 ;;;***
3957 \f
3958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21607 54477 800124
3959 ;;;;;; 118000))
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3961
3962 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3963 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3964 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3965 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3966 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3967 editing and the result is evaluated.
3968
3969 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3972 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3973 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3974 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3975 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3976
3977 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3978
3979 \(fn)" t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3982 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3983 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3984 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3985 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3986
3987 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3988 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3989 \\{command-history-map}
3990
3991 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3992 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3993
3994 \(fn)" t nil)
3995
3996 ;;;***
3997 \f
3998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21607
3999 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4001
4002 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4003 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4004 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4005 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4006 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4007 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4008 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4009 of this function.
4010
4011 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4012 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4013 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4014 property are:
4015
4016 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4017 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4018
4019 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4020 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4021 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4022 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4023 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4024 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4025 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4026 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4027 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4028 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4029 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4030 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4031
4032 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4033 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4034 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4035
4036 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4037 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4038 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4039 list elements are:
4040
4041 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4042
4043 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4044
4045 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4046
4047 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4048 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4049
4050 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4051 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4052
4053 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4054 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4055 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4056 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4057 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4058 value specified by their associated list element.
4059
4060 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4061
4062 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4063 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4064 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4065
4066 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4067 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4068 * indent the first argument by 4.
4069 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4070 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4071 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4072
4073 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4074 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4075 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4076 instead.
4077
4078 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4079
4080 ;;;***
4081 \f
4082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21619 26501
4083 ;;;;;; 970129 581000))
4084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4085 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4086
4087 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4088
4089 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4090 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4091 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4092 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4093 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4094 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4095
4096 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4097 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4098
4099 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4100
4101 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4102
4103 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4104
4105 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4106
4107 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4108
4109 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4110
4111 ;;;***
4112 \f
4113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21607 54478
4114 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4116
4117 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4118 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4119 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4120 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4121
4122 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4123 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4124 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4125 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4126
4127 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4128 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4129
4130 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4131
4132 ;;;***
4133 \f
4134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21607 54477 800124
4135 ;;;;;; 118000))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4137
4138 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4139 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4140 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4141 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4142 of `scheme-program-name').
4143 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4144 it is given as initial input.
4145 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4146 discards input when it starts up.
4147 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4148 is run).
4149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4150
4151 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4152
4153 ;;;***
4154 \f
4155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4157
4158 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4159 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4160 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4161 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4162
4163 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4164 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4165
4166 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4167 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4168 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4169
4170 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4171
4172 ;;;***
4173 \f
4174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21665 14401 955623 556000))
4175 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4176
4177 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4178 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4179 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4180 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4181 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4182 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4183 functions have already modified the buffer.
4184
4185 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4186
4187 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4188 either globally or locally.")
4189
4190 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4191 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4192 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4193 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4194
4195 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4196 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4197 `start-file-process'
4198 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4199 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4200 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4201
4202 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4203 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4204
4205 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4206
4207 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4208
4209 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4210
4211 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4212 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4213 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4214 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4215 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4216 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4217 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4218 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4219 process as its initial input.
4220
4221 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4222
4223 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4224
4225 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4226
4227 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4228 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4229 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4230 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4231 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4232 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4233
4234 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4235
4236 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4237
4238 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4239 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4240 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4241 directory tracking functions.")
4242
4243 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4244 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4245 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4246
4247 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4248
4249 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4250
4251 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4252 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4253 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4254
4255 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4256
4257 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4258
4259 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4260 Send COMMAND to current process.
4261 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4262 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4263
4264 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4268 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4269 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4270
4271 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4272
4273 ;;;***
4274 \f
4275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21663 59071
4276 ;;;;;; 96337 184000))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4278
4279 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4280 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4281 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4282 to get another window.
4283
4284 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4285 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4286
4287 This command pushes the mark in each window
4288 at the prior location of point in that window.
4289 If both windows display the same buffer,
4290 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4291 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4292
4293 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4294 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4295 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4296 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4297 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4298 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4299 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4300 ignored.
4301
4302 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4303 this command work in interlaced mode:
4304 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4305 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4306 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4307
4308 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4309
4310 ;;;***
4311 \f
4312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21607 54478
4313 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
4314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4315
4316 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4317 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4318
4319 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4320
4321 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4322 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4323 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4324
4325 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4326
4327 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4328 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4329 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4330
4331 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4332
4333 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4334 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4335 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4336 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4337 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4338
4339 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4340 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4341 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4342 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4343 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4344
4345 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4346 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4347 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4348 describing how the process finished.")
4349
4350 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4351 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4352 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4353 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4354 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4355
4356 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4357 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4358 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4359
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4361
4362 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4363 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4364 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4365 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4366
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4368
4369 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4370 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4371
4372 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4373 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4374
4375 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4376 (lambda ()
4377 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4378 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4379 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4380 (concat \"make -k \"
4381 (if buffer-file-name
4382 (shell-quote-argument
4383 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4384
4385 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4386 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4387
4388 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4389 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4390 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4391 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4392
4393 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4394
4395 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4396 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4397 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4398 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4399
4400 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4401 and move to the source code that caused it.
4402
4403 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4404 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4405
4406 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4407 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4408 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4409 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4410 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4411
4412 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4413 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4414 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4415 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4416
4417 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4418 kills its subprocesses.
4419
4420 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4421 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4422 to a function that generates a unique name.
4423
4424 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4425
4426 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4427 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4428 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4429 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4430
4431 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4432 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4433
4434 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4435 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4436 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4437 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4438
4439 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4440 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4441 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4442
4443 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4444
4445 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4446
4447 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4448 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4449 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4450 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4451 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4452
4453 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4454
4455 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4456
4457 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4458
4459 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4460
4461 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4462 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4464 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4465 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4466
4467 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4468 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4469 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4470 See `compilation-mode'.
4471
4472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4473
4474 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4475 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4477 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4478 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4479
4480 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4481 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4482 `compilation-mode'.
4483
4484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4485
4486 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4487 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4488 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4489
4490 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4491
4492 ;;;***
4493 \f
4494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21657 20283 330825
4495 ;;;;;; 807000))
4496 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4497
4498 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4499 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4500 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4502 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4503 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4504
4505 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4506
4507 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4508 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4510 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4511 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4512
4513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4514
4515 ;;;***
4516 \f
4517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21607
4518 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
4519 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4520
4521 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4522 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4523 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4524 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4525 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4526 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4527 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4528
4529 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4530 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4531 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4532
4533 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4534 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4535 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4536
4537 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4538 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4539 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4540 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4541
4542 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4543 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4544 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4545 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4546 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4547 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4548 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4549
4550 \\{conf-mode-map}
4551
4552 \(fn)" t nil)
4553
4554 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4555 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4556 Comments start with `#'.
4557 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4558
4559 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4560
4561 \[Desktop Entry]
4562 Encoding=UTF-8
4563 Name=The GIMP
4564 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4565 Name[cs]=GIMP
4566
4567 \(fn)" t nil)
4568
4569 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4570 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4571 Comments start with `;'.
4572 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4573
4574 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4575
4576 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4577 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4578 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4579
4580 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4581 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4582
4583 \(fn)" t nil)
4584
4585 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4586 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4587 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4588 between `/*' and `*/'.
4589 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4590
4591 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4592 // another kind of comment
4593 /* yet another */
4594
4595 name:value
4596 name=value
4597 name value
4598 x.1 =
4599 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4600 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4601
4602 \(fn)" t nil)
4603
4604 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4606 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4607 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4608 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4609 `conf-space-keywords'.
4610 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4611 in an interactive fashion instead.
4612
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614
4615 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4616
4617 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4618 image/png png
4619 image/tiff tiff tif
4620
4621 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4622 class desktop
4623 # Standard multimedia devices
4624 add /dev/audio desktop
4625 add /dev/mixer desktop
4626
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4628
4629 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4630 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4631 See `conf-space-mode'.
4632
4633 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4634
4635 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4636 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4637 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4639
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4641
4642 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4643 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4644
4645 \(fn)" t nil)
4646
4647 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4648 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4649 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4650 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4651
4652 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4653
4654 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4655 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4656
4657 \(fn)" t nil)
4658
4659 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4660 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4661 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4662 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4663
4664 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4665
4666 *background: gray99
4667 *foreground: black
4668
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4670
4671 ;;;***
4672 \f
4673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21607 54478 800121
4674 ;;;;;; 42000))
4675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4676
4677 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4678 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4679 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4680 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4681 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4682 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4683
4684 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4685
4686 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4687 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4688 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4689 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4690
4691 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4692
4693 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4694 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4695 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4696 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4697
4698 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4699
4700 ;;;***
4701 \f
4702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21607
4703 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
4704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4705 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4706 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4707 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4708
4709 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4710 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4711 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4712 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4713 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4714 following the copyright are updated as well.
4715 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4716 interactively.
4717
4718 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4719
4720 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4721 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4722 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4723 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4724 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4725
4726 \(fn)" t nil)
4727
4728 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4729 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4730
4731 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4732
4733 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4734 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4735 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4736
4737 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4738
4739 ;;;***
4740 \f
4741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21607
4742 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
4743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4744 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4745 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4746 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4747 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4748 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4751
4752 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4753 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4754 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4755 Tab indents for Perl code.
4756 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4757 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4758
4759 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4760 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4761 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4762 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4763 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4764 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4765 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4766 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4767 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4768 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4769 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4770 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4771
4772 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4773
4774 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4775 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4776
4777 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4778
4779 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4780 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4781 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4782 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4783 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4784 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4785 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4786 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4787 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4788
4789 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4790
4791 bite if angry;
4792
4793 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4794 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4795 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4796 to nil.)
4797
4798 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4799 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4800 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4801
4802 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4803
4804 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4805 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4806 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4807 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4808 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4809
4810 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4811
4812 if (A) { B }
4813
4814 into
4815
4816 B if A;
4817
4818 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4819
4820 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4821 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4822 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4823 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4824 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4825 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4826 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4827 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4828 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4829 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4830 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4831 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4832 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4833
4834 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4835 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4836 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4837 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4838 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4839 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4840
4841 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4842 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4843 man via menu.
4844
4845 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4846 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4847 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4848 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4849 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4850
4851 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4852 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4853 span the needed amount of lines.
4854
4855 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4856 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4857 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4858 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4859
4860 Variables controlling indentation style:
4861 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4862 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4863 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4864 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4865 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4866 `cperl-auto-newline'
4867 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4868 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4869 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4870 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4871 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4872 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4873 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4874 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4875 `cperl-indent-level'
4876 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4877 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4878 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4879 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4880 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4881 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4882 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4883 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4884 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4885 `cperl-brace-offset'
4886 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4887 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4888 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4889 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4890 `cperl-label-offset'
4891 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4892 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4893 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4894
4895 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4896 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4897 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4898 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4899 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4900 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4901
4902 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4903 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4904 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4905 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4906
4907 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4908 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4909 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4910 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4911 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4912 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4913 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4914
4915 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4916 column 0 is indented on
4917 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4918
4919 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4920 with no args.
4921
4922 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4923 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4924 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4925
4926 \(fn)" t nil)
4927
4928 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4929 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4930
4931 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4934 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4935
4936 \(fn)" t nil)
4937
4938 ;;;***
4939 \f
4940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21607 54478 800121
4941 ;;;;;; 42000))
4942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4943
4944 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4945 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4946 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4947 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4948 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4949
4950 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4951
4952 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4953 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4954
4955 \(fn)" t nil)
4956
4957 ;;;***
4958 \f
4959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21607 54477 800124
4960 ;;;;;; 118000))
4961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4962
4963 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4964 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4965 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4966 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4967 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4968 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4969 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4970 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4971
4972 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4973 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4974
4975 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4976 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4977 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4978
4979 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4980 with empty strings removed.
4981
4982 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4983
4984 ;;;***
4985 \f
4986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21607 54478
4987 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4989
4990 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4991 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4992
4993 \(fn)" t nil)
4994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
4995
4996 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
4997 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
4998
4999 \(fn)" t nil)
5000
5001 ;;;***
5002 \f
5003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21607 54477
5004 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5006
5007 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5008 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5009 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5011 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5012 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5013
5014 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5015
5016 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5017 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5019 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5020 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5021
5022 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5023 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5024 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5025 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5026 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5027 normal function of these prefix keys.
5028
5029 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5030 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5031 options:
5032 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5033 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5034 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5035
5036 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5037 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5038 the prefix fallback behavior.
5039
5040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5041
5042 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5043 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5044
5045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5046
5047 ;;;***
5048 \f
5049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21607 54477
5050 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5052
5053 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5054 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5055 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5056
5057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5058
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21646 49980 500843
5062 ;;;;;; 452000))
5063 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5064
5065 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5066 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5067
5068 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5069
5070 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5071 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5072
5073 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5074
5075 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5076 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5077
5078 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5079
5080 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5081 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5082
5083 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5084 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5085
5086 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5087 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5088
5089 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5090
5091 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5094 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5095 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5096
5097 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5098 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5099
5100 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5101 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5102
5103 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5104 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5105
5106 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5107
5108 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5109
5110 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5111 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5112 Return VALUE.
5113
5114 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5115 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5116
5117 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5118 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5119
5120 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5121 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5122
5123 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5124
5125 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5126
5127 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5128 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5129 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5130 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5131
5132 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5133 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5134 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5135
5136 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5137
5138 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5139 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5140 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5141 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5142 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5143
5144 \(fn)" t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5147 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5148 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5149 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5150
5151 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5152
5153 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5154 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5155 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5156
5157 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5160 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5161
5162 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5163
5164 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5167 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5168
5169 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5170
5171 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5172
5173 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5174 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5175 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5176
5177 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5178
5179 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5180 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5181 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5182 as part of Emacs itself.
5183
5184 Each elements looks like this:
5185
5186 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5187
5188 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5189 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5190 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5191 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5192 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5193 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5194 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5195 and `defface'.
5196
5197 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5198
5199 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5200 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5201 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5202 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5203 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5204
5205 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5206 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5207 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5208 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5209
5210 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5211
5212 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5213 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5214 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5215 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5216 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5217 release.
5218
5219 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5220 that were added or redefined since that version.
5221
5222 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5223
5224 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5225 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5226 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5227 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5228
5229 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5230
5231 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5232 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5233
5234 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5235
5236 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5237 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5238 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5239
5240 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5241 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5242
5243 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5247
5248 \(fn)" t nil)
5249
5250 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5251 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5252
5253 \(fn)" t nil)
5254
5255 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize all saved options and faces.
5257
5258 \(fn)" t nil)
5259
5260 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5261 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5262 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5263 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5264 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5265 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5266
5267 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5268 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5269 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5270
5271 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5272
5273 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5275
5276 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5280
5281 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5285
5286 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5287
5288 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5289 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5290 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5291 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5292
5293 \(fn)" nil nil)
5294
5295 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5296 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5297 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5298 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5299 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5300 that option.
5301 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5302
5303 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5304
5305 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5306 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5307 The result includes selecting that window.
5308 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5309 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5310 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5311 that option.
5312
5313 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5314
5315 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5316 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5317
5318 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5319
5320 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5321 File used for storing customization information.
5322 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5323 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5324 it should be an absolute file name.
5325
5326 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5327 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5328 something like the following in your init file:
5329
5330 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5331 \(load custom-file)
5332
5333 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5334 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5335
5336 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5337 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5338 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5339 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5340 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5341
5342 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5343 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5344 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5345 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5346 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5347 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5348 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5349 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5350 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5351 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5352
5353 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5354
5355 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5356 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5357
5358 \(fn)" nil nil)
5359
5360 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5361 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5362
5363 \(fn)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5367 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5368
5369 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5370
5371 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5372 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5373 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5374 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5375 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5376
5377 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5378
5379 ;;;***
5380 \f
5381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21607 54477 800124
5382 ;;;;;; 118000))
5383 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5384
5385 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5386 Create or edit a custom theme.
5387 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5388 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5389 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5390 from the Custom save file.
5391 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5392 named *Custom Theme*.
5393
5394 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5395
5396 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5397 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5398
5399 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5402 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5403
5404 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5405
5406 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5407 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5408 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5409 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5410
5411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5412
5413 ;;;***
5414 \f
5415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21607 54478
5416 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
5417 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5418
5419 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5420 Mode used for cvs status output.
5421
5422 \(fn)" t nil)
5423
5424 ;;;***
5425 \f
5426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21607 54478 800121
5427 ;;;;;; 42000))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5429 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5430
5431 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5432 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5433
5434 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5435
5436 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5437 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5438 C++ modes are included.
5439
5440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5441 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5442 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5443
5444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5445
5446 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5447
5448 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5449 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5450 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5453 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5454
5455 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5458 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5459 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5460 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5461 ARG is omitted or nil.
5462
5463 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5464 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5465 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5466
5467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5468
5469 ;;;***
5470 \f
5471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21607
5472 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5474
5475 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5476 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5477
5478 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5479
5480 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5481 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5482
5483 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5484
5485 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5486 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5487 For readability, the table is slightly
5488 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5489
5490 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5491 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5492 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5493 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5494 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5495
5496 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21607 54477 800124
5501 ;;;;;; 118000))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5503 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5504 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5505 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5506 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5507
5508 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5509 Completion on current word.
5510 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5511 and presents suggestions for completion.
5512
5513 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5514 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5515 completions.
5516
5517 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5518 then it searches *all* buffers.
5519
5520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5521
5522 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5523 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5524
5525 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5526 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5527 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5528 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5529 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5530
5531 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5532 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5533
5534 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5535 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5536 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5537
5538 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5539 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5540
5541 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5542
5543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5544
5545 ;;;***
5546 \f
5547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21607 54477
5548 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5550
5551 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5552 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5553
5554 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5555
5556 ;;;***
5557 \f
5558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
5559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5560
5561 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5562 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5563 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5564 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5565 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5566
5567 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5568
5569 ;;;***
5570 \f
5571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21607 54478
5572 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5574
5575 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5576 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5577
5578 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5579 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5580 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5581
5582 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5583 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5584 Data lines are not indented.
5585
5586 Key bindings:
5587
5588 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5589 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5590
5591 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5592 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5593 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5594 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5595
5596 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5597
5598 dcl-basic-offset
5599 Extra indentation within blocks.
5600
5601 dcl-continuation-offset
5602 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5603
5604 dcl-margin-offset
5605 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5606
5607 dcl-margin-label-offset
5608 Indentation for a label.
5609
5610 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5611 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5612
5613 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5614 dcl-block-end-regexp
5615 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5616 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5617 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5618 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5619 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5620
5621 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5622 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5623 Two such functions are included in the package:
5624 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5625 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5626
5627 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5628 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5629 One such function is included in the package:
5630 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5631
5632 dcl-tab-always-indent
5633 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5634 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5635 margin.
5636
5637 dcl-electric-characters
5638 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5639 typed.
5640
5641 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5642 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5643 which words trigger electric indentation.
5644
5645 dcl-tempo-comma
5646 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5647 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5648 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5649
5650 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5651 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5652 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5653 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5654
5655 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5656 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5657 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5658 dcl-imenu-label-call
5659 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5660
5661 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5662 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5663 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5664 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5665
5666
5667 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5668
5669 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5670 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5671 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5672 $ i = 1
5673 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5674 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5675 $ label:
5676 $ if i.eq.1
5677 $ then
5678 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5679 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5680 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5681 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5682 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5683 \"lined up with the command line\"
5684 $ type sys$input
5685 Data lines are not indented at all.
5686 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5687 $ endif
5688 $
5689
5690
5691 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5692 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5693
5694 \(fn)" t nil)
5695
5696 ;;;***
5697 \f
5698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21607 54477
5699 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5701
5702 (setq debugger 'debug)
5703
5704 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5705 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5706 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5707 of the evaluator.
5708
5709 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5710 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5711 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5712
5713 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5716 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5717
5718 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5719
5720 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5721 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5722 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5723 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5724 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5725 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5726
5727 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5728 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5729
5730 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5731
5732 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5733 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5734 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5735 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5736 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5737
5738 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5739
5740 ;;;***
5741 \f
5742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21607 54478
5743 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
5744 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5745
5746 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5747 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5748
5749 \(fn)" t nil)
5750
5751 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5752 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5753 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5754 Upper-case letters are commands.
5755
5756 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5757 modify it.
5758
5759 The most useful commands are:
5760 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5761 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5762 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5763 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5764 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5765 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5766
5767 \(fn)" t nil)
5768
5769 ;;;***
5770 \f
5771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21607 54477 800124
5772 ;;;;;; 118000))
5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5774 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5775
5776 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5777 Customization of `columns' group.
5778
5779 \(fn)" t nil)
5780
5781 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5782 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5783
5784 START and END delimits the text region.
5785
5786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5789 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5790
5791 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5792
5793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5794
5795 ;;;***
5796 \f
5797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
5798 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5799
5800 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5801
5802 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5803 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5804 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5807 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5808
5809 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5810
5811 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5812 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5814 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5815 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5816
5817 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5818 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5819 point regardless of any selection.
5820
5821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5822
5823 ;;;***
5824 \f
5825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21607 54477
5826 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5828
5829 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5830 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5831
5832 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5833
5834 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5835 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5836 or nil if there is no parent.
5837 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5838 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5839 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5840 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5841 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5842
5843 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5844 arguments are currently understood:
5845 :group GROUP
5846 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5847 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5848 :syntax-table TABLE
5849 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5850 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5851 :abbrev-table TABLE
5852 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5853 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5854
5855 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5856
5857 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5858
5859 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5860 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5861 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5862
5863 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5864 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5865
5866 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5867 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5868 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5869
5870 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5871 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5872
5873 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5874 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5875
5876 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5877
5878 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5879
5880 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5881
5882 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5883 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5884 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5885 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5886 the first time the mode is used.
5887
5888 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5889
5890 ;;;***
5891 \f
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21607 54477 800124
5893 ;;;;;; 118000))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5895
5896 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5897 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5898 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5899 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5900 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5901 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5902 otherwise.
5903
5904 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5905
5906 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5907 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5908 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5909 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5910
5911 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5912 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5913 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5914
5915 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5916 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5917 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5918 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5919 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5920 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5921 relevant to POS.
5922
5923 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5924
5925 ;;;***
5926 \f
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21666 35265 825623
5928 ;;;;;; 21000))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5930
5931 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5932 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5933 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5935 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5936 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5937
5938 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5939
5940 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5941 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5943 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5944 is omitted or nil.
5945
5946 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5947 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5948 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5949 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5950
5951 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5952 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5953
5954 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5955 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5956
5957 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5958
5959 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5960
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5962
5963 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5964 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5965 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5966 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5967
5968 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5969
5970 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5971 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5972
5973 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5974 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5975 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5976
5977 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5978 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5979
5980 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5981 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5982 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5983
5984 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5985 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5986 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5987 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5988
5989 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5990
5991 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5992 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5993
5994 Handlers are called with argument list
5995
5996 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5997
5998 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5999
6000 `desktop-file-version'
6001 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6002 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6003 `desktop-buffer-point'
6004 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6005 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6006 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6007
6008 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6009 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6010
6011 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6012 code like
6013
6014 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6015 ...
6016 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6017 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6018
6019 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6020
6021 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6022
6023 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6024 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6025 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6026 List elements must have the form
6027
6028 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6029
6030 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6031 function.
6032
6033 Handlers are called with argument list
6034
6035 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6036
6037 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6038
6039 `desktop-file-version'
6040 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6041 `desktop-buffer-name'
6042 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6043 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6044 `desktop-buffer-point'
6045 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6046 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6047 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6048
6049 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6050 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6051 created and set.
6052
6053 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6054 code like
6055
6056 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6057 ...
6058 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6059 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6060
6061 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6062
6063 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6064
6065 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6066
6067 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6068 Empty the Desktop.
6069 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6070 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6071 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6072 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6073 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6074 if different).
6075
6076 \(fn)" t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6079 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6080 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6081 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6082 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6083 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6084 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6085
6086 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6087
6088 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6089 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6090 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6091
6092 \(fn)" t nil)
6093
6094 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6095 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6096 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6097 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6098 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6099 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6100 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6101 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6102
6103 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6104
6105 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6106 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6107 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6108
6109 \(fn)" nil nil)
6110
6111 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6112
6113 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6114 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6115 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6116 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6117 directory DIRNAME.
6118
6119 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6122 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6123
6124 \(fn)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6127 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6128
6129 \(fn)" t nil)
6130
6131 ;;;***
6132 \f
6133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21607 54478
6134 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
6135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6136
6137 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6138 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6139 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6140 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6141 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6142 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6143
6144 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6145
6146 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6147 Repair a broken attribution line.
6148 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6149
6150 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6151
6152 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6153 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6154 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6155 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6156
6157 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6158
6159 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6160 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6161
6162 \(fn)" t nil)
6163
6164 ;;;***
6165 \f
6166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21625
6167 ;;;;;; 43838 483701 627000))
6168 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6169
6170 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6171 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6172 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6173 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6174 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6175
6176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6177
6178 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6179 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6180 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6181 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6182
6183 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6184 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6185 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6186 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6187
6188 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6189 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6190
6191 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6192 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6193 calendar-date-style 'european
6194 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6195
6196 \(diary-mail-entries)
6197
6198 # diary-rem.el ends here
6199
6200 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6201
6202 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6203 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6204
6205 \(fn)" t nil)
6206
6207 ;;;***
6208 \f
6209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
6210 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6211
6212 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6213 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6214
6215 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6216
6217 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6218 The command to use to run diff.")
6219
6220 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6221
6222 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6223 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6224 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6225 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6226 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6227 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6228
6229 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6230 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6231 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6232
6233 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6236 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6237 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6238 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6239 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6240 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6241
6242 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6243
6244 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6245 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6246
6247 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6248
6249 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6250 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6251 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6252
6253 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6254
6255 ;;;***
6256 \f
6257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21628 45530
6258 ;;;;;; 160140 360000))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6260
6261 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6262 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6263 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6264 normal diffs.
6265
6266 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6267 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6268 headers for you on-the-fly.
6269
6270 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6271 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6272 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6273
6274 \\{diff-mode-map}
6275
6276 \(fn)" t nil)
6277
6278 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6279 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6283
6284 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6285
6286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6287
6288 ;;;***
6289 \f
6290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6292
6293 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6294 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6295 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6296
6297 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6298
6299 ;;;***
6300 \f
6301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21662 38238 226339 285000))
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6303
6304 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6305 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6306 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6307 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6308 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6309 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6310 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6311 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6312
6313 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6314
6315 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6316 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6317 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6318 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6319 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6320 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6321
6322 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6323 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6324 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6325 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6326 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6327 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6328 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6329 list of files to make directory entries for.
6330 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6331 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6332 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6333
6334 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6335
6336 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6337 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6338
6339 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6340 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6341
6342 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6343 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6344
6345 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6346 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6347
6348 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6349
6350 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6351 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6352
6353 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6354
6355 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6356 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6357 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6358 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6359 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6360 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6361 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6362 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6363 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6364 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6365 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6366 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6367 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6368 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6369 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6370 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6371 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6372 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6373 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6374 to see why something went wrong.
6375 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6376 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6377 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6378 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6379 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6380 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6381 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6382 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6383 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6384 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6385 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6386 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6387 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6388
6389 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6390 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6391 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6392 again for the directory tree.
6393
6394 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6395 for more info):
6396
6397 `dired-listing-switches'
6398 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6399 `dired-marker-char'
6400 `dired-del-marker'
6401 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6402 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6403 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6404 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6405
6406 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6407
6408 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6409 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6410 `dired-mode-hook'
6411 `dired-load-hook'
6412
6413 Keybindings:
6414 \\{dired-mode-map}
6415
6416 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6417 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6418
6419 ;;;***
6420 \f
6421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21607 54477 800124
6422 ;;;;;; 118000))
6423 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6424
6425 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6426 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6428 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6429 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6430
6431 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6432 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6433 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6434
6435 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6436 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6437 directory.
6438
6439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6440
6441 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6442 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6443 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6444 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6445 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6446 from `default-directory'.
6447
6448 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6449
6450 ;;;***
6451 \f
6452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21607 54477
6453 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
6454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6455
6456 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6457 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6458 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6459 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6460 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6461 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6462
6463 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6464
6465 ;;;***
6466 \f
6467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21607 54477 800124
6468 ;;;;;; 118000))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6470
6471 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6472 Return a new, empty display table.
6473
6474 \(fn)" nil nil)
6475
6476 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6477 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6478 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6479 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6480 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6481
6482 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6483
6484 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6485 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6486 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6487 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6488 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6489
6490 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6491
6492 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6493 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6494
6495 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6496
6497 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6498 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6499
6500 \(fn)" t nil)
6501
6502 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6503 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6504
6505 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6506 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6507
6508 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6509 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6510 byte.
6511
6512 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6513 in the default way after this call.
6514
6515 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6516
6517 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6518 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6519
6520 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6521
6522 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6523 Display character C using printable string S.
6524
6525 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6526
6527 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6528 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6529 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6530 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6531
6532 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6533
6534 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6535 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6536 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6537 X frame.
6538
6539 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6540
6541 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6542 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6543
6544 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6547 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6548
6549 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6550
6551 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6552 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6553
6554 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6555
6556 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6557 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6558
6559 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6562 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6563
6564 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6567 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6568
6569 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6570 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6571
6572 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6573 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6574
6575 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6576 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6577 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6578 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6579
6580 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6581 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6582 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6583 in `.emacs'.
6584
6585 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6586
6587 ;;;***
6588 \f
6589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21607 54478
6590 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
6591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6592
6593 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6594 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6595 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6596 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6597 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6598 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6599 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6600 Default is 2.
6601
6602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6603
6604 ;;;***
6605 \f
6606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21666 35265 825623 21000))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6608
6609 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6610 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6611 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6612 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6613 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6614 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6615 private or ask).
6616 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6617 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6618 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6619 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6620 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6621
6622 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6623
6624 ;;;***
6625 \f
6626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21607 54478
6627 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
6628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6629
6630 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6631 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6632 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6633 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6634 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6635 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6636 table and its own syntax table.
6637
6638 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6639
6640 \(fn)" t nil)
6641 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6642
6643 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6644 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6645
6646 \(fn)" t nil)
6647
6648 ;;;***
6649 \f
6650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21607 54477 800124
6651 ;;;;;; 118000))
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6653
6654 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6655 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6656 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6657 OpenDocument format).
6658
6659 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6660
6661 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6662 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6663
6664 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6665 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6666
6667 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6668 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6669 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6670
6671 \(fn)" t nil)
6672
6673 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6674 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6675 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6676 to the next best mode.
6677
6678 \(fn)" nil nil)
6679
6680 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6681 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6683 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6684 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6685
6686 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6687
6688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6691
6692
6693 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6694
6695 ;;;***
6696 \f
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21607 54478 800121
6698 ;;;;;; 42000))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6700
6701 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6702 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6703
6704 \(fn)" t nil)
6705
6706 ;;;***
6707 \f
6708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6710
6711 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6712 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6714 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6715 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6716
6717 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6718 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21607 54478 800121
6725 ;;;;;; 42000))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6727 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6728
6729 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6730 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6731
6732 \(fn)" t nil)
6733
6734 ;;;***
6735 \f
6736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21607
6737 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6739
6740 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6741
6742 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6743 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6744 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6745 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6746 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6747
6748 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6749 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6750 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6751 and disables it otherwise.
6752
6753 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6754 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6755 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6756 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6757
6758 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6759 documenting what its argument does.
6760
6761 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6762 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6763 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6764 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6765 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6766 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6767 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6768 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6769
6770 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6771 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6772 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6773 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6774 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6775 mode is global):
6776
6777 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6778 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6779 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6780 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6781 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6782 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6783 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6784 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6785 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6786 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6787 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6788 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6789 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6790 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6791 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6792 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6793 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6794 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6795 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6796 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6797 in :variable).
6798
6799 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6800 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6801
6802 For example, you could write
6803 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6804 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6805 ...BODY CODE...)
6806
6807 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6808
6809 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6810
6811 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6812
6813 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6814
6815 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6816 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6817 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6818 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6819 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6820 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6821 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6822 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6823 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6824 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6825 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6826 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6827
6828 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6829 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6830 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6831 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6832 call another major mode in their body.
6833
6834 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6835 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6836 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6837
6838 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6839
6840 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6841
6842 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6843 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6844 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6845 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6846 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6847 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6848 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6849
6850 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6851
6852 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6853 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6854 :inherit Parent keymap.
6855 :group Ignored.
6856 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6857 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6858
6859 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6860
6861 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6862 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6863 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6864 the constant's documentation.
6865
6866 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6867
6868 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6870 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6871
6872 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6873
6874 ;;;***
6875 \f
6876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21607
6877 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
6878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6879
6880 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6881 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6882 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6883 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6884
6885 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6886 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6887 as a top-level menu bar item.
6888
6889 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6890 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6891 pairs:
6892
6893 :filter FUNCTION
6894 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6895 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6896 items to actually display.
6897
6898 :visible INCLUDE
6899 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6900 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6901 alias for `:visible'.
6902
6903 :active ENABLE
6904 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6905 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6906 an alias for `:active'.
6907
6908 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6909 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6910
6911 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6912
6913 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6914
6915 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6916 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6917
6918 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6919 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6920
6921 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6922
6923 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6924
6925 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6926 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6927
6928 :keys KEYS
6929 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6930 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6931 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6932 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6933
6934 :key-sequence KEYS
6935 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6936 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6937 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6938 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6939
6940 :active ENABLE
6941 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6942 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6943 alias for `:active'.
6944
6945 :visible INCLUDE
6946 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6947 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6948 `:visible'.
6949
6950 :label FORM
6951 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6952 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6953
6954 :suffix FORM
6955 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6956 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6957
6958 :style STYLE
6959 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6960 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6961 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6962
6963 :selected SELECTED
6964 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6965 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6966
6967 :help HELP
6968 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6969
6970 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6971 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6972 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6973
6974 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6975 MENU. This is a submenu.
6976
6977 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6978
6979 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6980
6981 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6982
6983
6984 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6985
6986 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6987 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6988 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6989 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6990
6991 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6992
6993 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6994 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6995 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6996 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6997 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6998 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6999
7000 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7001 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7002 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7003
7004 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7005 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7006 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7007
7008 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7009 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7010
7011 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7012
7013 ;;;***
7014 \f
7015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21607 54478
7016 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7018 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7019
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Customization for ebnf group.
7022
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7027
7028 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7029
7030 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7031 processed.
7032
7033 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7034
7035 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7036
7037 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7038 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7039
7040 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7041 killed after process termination.
7042
7043 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7044
7045 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7046
7047 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7048 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7049
7050 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7051 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7052 it to the printer.
7053
7054 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7055 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7056 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7057 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7063 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7064
7065 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7066
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7069
7070 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7071
7072 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7073 processed.
7074
7075 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7076
7077 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7078
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7081
7082 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7083 killed after process termination.
7084
7085 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7086
7087 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7088
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7091 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7092 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7093
7094 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7095
7096 \(fn)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7100 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7101
7102 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7103
7104 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7107 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7108
7109 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7110
7111 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7112 processed.
7113
7114 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7115
7116 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7119 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7120
7121 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7122 killed after EPS generation.
7123
7124 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7125
7126 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7129 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7130
7131 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7132 The EPS file name has the following form:
7133
7134 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7135
7136 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7137 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7138
7139 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7140 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7141 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7142 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7143 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7144
7145 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7146 files.
7147
7148 \(fn)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7152
7153 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7154 The EPS file name has the following form:
7155
7156 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7157
7158 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7159 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7160
7161 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7162 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7163 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7164 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7165 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7166
7167 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7168 files.
7169
7170 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7171
7172 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7173
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7176
7177 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7178
7179 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7180 are processed.
7181
7182 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7183
7184 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7185
7186 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7187 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7188
7189 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7190 killed after syntax checking.
7191
7192 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7193
7194 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7198
7199 \(fn)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7203
7204 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7208
7209 \(fn)" nil nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7213
7214 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7215
7216 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7217
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7220
7221 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7222
7223 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7224
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Delete style NAME.
7227
7228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7229
7230 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7234
7235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236
7237 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Set STYLE as the current style.
7241
7242 Returns the old style symbol.
7243
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245
7246 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Reset current style.
7250
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7252
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7254
7255 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7259
7260 Returns the old style symbol.
7261
7262 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7263
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265
7266 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7270
7271 Returns the old style symbol.
7272
7273 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7274
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7276
7277 \(fn)" t nil)
7278
7279 ;;;***
7280 \f
7281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21607 54478
7282 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7284
7285 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7286 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7287 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7288 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7289 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7290 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7291
7292 Tree mode key bindings:
7293 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7294
7295 \(fn)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7298 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7299
7300 \(fn)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7303 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7304
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7308 View declaration of member at point.
7309
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7313 Find declaration of member at point.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7318 View definition of member at point.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7323 Find definition of member at point.
7324
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7328 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7333 View definition of member at point in other window.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7343 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7348 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7358 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7359 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7360 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7361 completion.
7362
7363 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7366 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7367 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7368 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7369
7370 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7373 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7374 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7375 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7376
7377 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7380 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7381 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7382
7383 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7386 Search for call sites of a member.
7387 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7388 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7389 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7390 looks like a function call to the member.
7391
7392 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7395 Move backward in the position stack.
7396 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7397
7398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7401 Move forward in the position stack.
7402 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7403
7404 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7405
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7407 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7408
7409 \(fn)" t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7412 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7413
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7417 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7418 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7419 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7420
7421 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7424 Display statistics for a class tree.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 ;;;***
7429 \f
7430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21607 54477 800124
7431 ;;;;;; 118000))
7432 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7433
7434 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7435 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7436 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7437 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7438 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7439 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7440 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7441
7442 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7443
7444 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7445 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7446 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7447 also has this effect.
7448 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7449 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7450 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7451 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7452 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7453 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7454 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7455 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7456 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7457 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7458
7459 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7460
7461 ;;;***
7462 \f
7463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21607 54477 800124
7464 ;;;;;; 118000))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7466
7467 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7468 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7469 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7470
7471 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7472
7473 ;;;***
7474 \f
7475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21607 54478
7476 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7478
7479 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7480
7481
7482 \(fn)" nil nil)
7483
7484 ;;;***
7485 \f
7486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
7487 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7488 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7489
7490 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7491 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7492 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7495 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7496
7497 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7498
7499 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7500 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7502 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7503 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7504
7505 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7506 an EDE controlled project.
7507
7508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7509
7510 ;;;***
7511 \f
7512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21607 54477
7513 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7515
7516 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7517 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7518 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7519 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7520 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7521
7522 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7523 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7524 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7525 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7526
7527 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7528
7529 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7530 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7531 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7532 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7533
7534 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7535
7536 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7537 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7538 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7539 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7540
7541 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7542
7543 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7544
7545 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7546 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7547 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7548 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7549 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7550
7551 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7552 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7553 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7554 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7555 instrumented for Edebug.
7556
7557 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7558 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7559 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7560 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7561 already is one.)
7562
7563 \(fn)" t nil)
7564
7565 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7566 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7567
7568 \(fn)" t nil)
7569
7570 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7571 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7572
7573 \(fn)" t nil)
7574
7575 ;;;***
7576 \f
7577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7579 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7582 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7583
7584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7587 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7588
7589 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7590
7591 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7592
7593 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7594
7595 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7596 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7597 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7598 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7599
7600 \(fn)" t nil)
7601
7602 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7603 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7604 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7605 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7606
7607 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7608
7609 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7610 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7611
7612 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7613
7614 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7615
7616 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7617 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7618
7619 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7620
7621 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7625 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7626 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7627
7628 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7634 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7635 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7636
7637 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7638
7639 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7640
7641 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7643 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7644 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7645
7646 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7647
7648 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7651 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7652 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7653 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7654
7655 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7656
7657 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7660 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7661 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7662 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7663 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7664 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7665
7666 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7670 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7671 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7672
7673 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7674
7675 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7676
7677 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7679 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7680 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7681
7682 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7683
7684 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7685
7686 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7687
7688 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7689 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7690 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7691 follows:
7692 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7693 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7694
7695 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7698 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7699 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7700 follows:
7701 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7702 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7703
7704 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7705
7706 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7707 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7708 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7709 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7710 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7711
7712 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7713
7714 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7716 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7717 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7718 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7719 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7720
7721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722
7723 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7724
7725 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7726 Merge two files without ancestor.
7727
7728 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7729
7730 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7731 Merge two files with ancestor.
7732
7733 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7734
7735 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7736
7737 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7738 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7739
7740 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7743 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7744
7745 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7749 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7750 buffer.
7751
7752 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7753
7754 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7755 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7756 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7757 buffer.
7758
7759 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7762 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7763 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7764 and don't ask the user.
7765 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7766 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7767
7768 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7771 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7772 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7773 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7774 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7775 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7776 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7777 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7778
7779 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7782
7783 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7784
7785 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7787 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7788 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7789 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7790
7791 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7792
7793 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7794
7795 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7796 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7797 When called interactively, displays the version.
7798
7799 \(fn)" t nil)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7802 Display Ediff's manual.
7803 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7804
7805 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7806
7807 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7808
7809
7810 \(fn)" nil nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7813
7814
7815 \(fn)" nil nil)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7818
7819
7820 \(fn)" nil nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7823
7824
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7833
7834
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7838
7839
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7843
7844
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7846
7847 ;;;***
7848 \f
7849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21607 54478
7850 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7854
7855
7856 \(fn)" t nil)
7857
7858 ;;;***
7859 \f
7860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21607 54478
7861 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7865 Display Ediff's registry.
7866
7867 \(fn)" t nil)
7868
7869 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7870
7871 ;;;***
7872 \f
7873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21607 54478
7874 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7876
7877 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7878 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7879 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7880 which see.
7881
7882 \(fn)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7885 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7886 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7887 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7888
7889 \(fn)" t nil)
7890
7891 ;;;***
7892 \f
7893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21607 54477 800124
7894 ;;;;;; 118000))
7895 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7896 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7897
7898 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7899 Edit a keyboard macro.
7900 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7901 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7902 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7903 its command name.
7904 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7905
7906 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7907
7908 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7909 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7910
7911 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7912
7913 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7914 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7915
7916 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7919 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7920 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7921 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7922 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7923 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7924
7925 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7926 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7927 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7928 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7929
7930 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7931
7932 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7933 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7934 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7935 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7936 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7937 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7938
7939 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7940
7941 ;;;***
7942 \f
7943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21607 54477 800124
7944 ;;;;;; 118000))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7946
7947 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7948 Set scroll margins.
7949 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7950 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7951
7952 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7955 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7956
7957 \(fn)" t nil)
7958
7959 ;;;***
7960 \f
7961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
7962 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7963
7964 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7965 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7966 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7967 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7968 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7969 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7970 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7971
7972 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7973 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7974
7975 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7976 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7977 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7978 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7979
7980 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7981 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7982 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7983
7984 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7985 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7986 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7987
7988 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7989
7990 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7991
7992
7993 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7994
7995 ;;;***
7996 \f
7997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21607 54477
7998 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
7999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8000 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8001
8002 ;;;***
8003 \f
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21634
8005 ;;;;;; 58813 400848 500000))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8007 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8008
8009 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8010 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8011 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8012 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8013 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8014 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8015 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8016
8017 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8018
8019 ;;;***
8020 \f
8021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21607 54477 800124
8022 ;;;;;; 118000))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8024
8025 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8026 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8027
8028 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8029 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8030 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8031
8032 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8033
8034 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8035 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8036 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8039 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8040
8041 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8042
8043 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8044 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8046 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8047 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8048
8049 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8050 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8051 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8052
8053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8054
8055 ;;;***
8056 \f
8057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21607 54477 800124
8058 ;;;;;; 118000))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8060
8061 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8062 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8063
8064 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8065 an elided material again.
8066
8067 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8068
8069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8070
8071 ;;;***
8072 \f
8073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21607 54477
8074 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8076
8077 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8078 Lint the file FILE.
8079
8080 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8081
8082 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8083 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8084 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8085
8086 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8089 Lint the current buffer.
8090 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8091
8092 \(fn)" t nil)
8093
8094 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8095 Lint the function at point.
8096 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8097
8098 \(fn)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8101 Initialize elint.
8102 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8103 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8104
8105 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8106
8107 ;;;***
8108 \f
8109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21607 54477 800124
8110 ;;;;;; 118000))
8111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8112
8113 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8114 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8115 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8116
8117 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8120 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8121 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8122 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8123
8124 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8127 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8128 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8129
8130 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8131
8132 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8133
8134 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8135 Display current profiling results.
8136 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8137 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8138 displayed.
8139
8140 \(fn)" t nil)
8141
8142 ;;;***
8143 \f
8144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21607 54477 800124
8145 ;;;;;; 118000))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8147
8148 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8149 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8150 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8151 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8152 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8153 ARG is omitted or nil.
8154
8155 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8156 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8157 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8158 used instead.
8159
8160 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8161
8162 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8163 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8164 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8165
8166 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8167
8168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8169
8170 ;;;***
8171 \f
8172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21608 34742
8173 ;;;;;; 2253 811000))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8175
8176 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8177 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8178 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8179
8180 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8181
8182 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8183
8184 ;;;***
8185 \f
8186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8187 ;;;;;; 42000))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8189
8190 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8191 Run Emerge on two files.
8192
8193 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8194
8195 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8196 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8197
8198 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8201 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8202
8203 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8206 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8207
8208 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8211
8212
8213 \(fn)" nil nil)
8214
8215 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8216
8217
8218 \(fn)" nil nil)
8219
8220 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8221
8222
8223 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8224
8225 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8226
8227
8228 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8229
8230 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8231 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8232
8233 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8236 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8237
8238 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8239
8240 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8241
8242
8243 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8244
8245 ;;;***
8246 \f
8247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21607 54478
8248 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
8249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8250
8251 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8252 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8253 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8254 text/enriched format.
8255
8256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8257 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8258 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8259
8260 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8261
8262 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8263 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8264
8265 Commands:
8266
8267 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8268
8269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8272
8273
8274 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8277
8278
8279 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8280
8281 ;;;***
8282 \f
8283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21624 22971 140149 848000))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8285
8286 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8287 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8288
8289 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8292 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8293
8294 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8295
8296 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8297 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8298 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8299 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8300 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8301 the keys are listed.
8302 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8303
8304 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8305
8306 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8307 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8308 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8309
8310 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8313 Verify FILE.
8314
8315 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8318 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8319
8320 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8323 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8324
8325 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8328 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8329
8330 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8331 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8332 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8333 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8334
8335 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8336 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8337 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8338 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8339 should consider using the string based counterpart
8340 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8341 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8342
8343 For example:
8344
8345 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8346 (decode-coding-string
8347 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8348 'utf-8))
8349
8350 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8353 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8354
8355 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8356 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8357
8358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8359
8360 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8361
8362 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8363 Verify the current region between START and END.
8364
8365 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8366 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8367 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8368 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8369 should consider using the string based counterpart
8370 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8371 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8372
8373 For example:
8374
8375 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8376 (decode-coding-string
8377 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8378 'utf-8))
8379
8380 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8381
8382 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8383
8384 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8385 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8386 between START and END.
8387
8388 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8389 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8390
8391 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8392
8393 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8394
8395 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8396 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8397
8398 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8399 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8400 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8401 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8402 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8403 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8404
8405 For example:
8406
8407 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8408 (epg-sign-string
8409 context
8410 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8411
8412 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8413
8414 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8415
8416 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8417 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8418
8419 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8420 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8421 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8422 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8423 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8424 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8425
8426 For example:
8427
8428 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8429 (epg-encrypt-string
8430 context
8431 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8432 nil))
8433
8434 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8435
8436 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8437
8438 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8439 Delete selected KEYS.
8440
8441 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8442
8443 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8444 Import keys from FILE.
8445
8446 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8447
8448 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8449 Import keys from the region.
8450
8451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8452
8453 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8454 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8455 between START and END.
8456
8457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8458
8459 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8460 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8461
8462 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8463
8464 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8465 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8466
8467 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8468
8469 ;;;***
8470 \f
8471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21607 54478 300138
8472 ;;;;;; 641000))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8474
8475 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8476 Decrypt marked files.
8477
8478 \(fn)" t nil)
8479
8480 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8481 Verify marked files.
8482
8483 \(fn)" t nil)
8484
8485 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8486 Sign marked files.
8487
8488 \(fn)" t nil)
8489
8490 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8491 Encrypt marked files.
8492
8493 \(fn)" t nil)
8494
8495 ;;;***
8496 \f
8497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21611 10937 700236
8498 ;;;;;; 3000))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8502
8503
8504 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8505
8506 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8507
8508
8509 \(fn)" t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8512
8513
8514 \(fn)" t nil)
8515
8516 ;;;***
8517 \f
8518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21607 54478 300138
8519 ;;;;;; 641000))
8520 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8521
8522 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8523 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8525 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8526 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8527
8528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8529
8530 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8531 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8532 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8533
8534 \(fn)" t nil)
8535
8536 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8537
8538 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8539 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8540 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8541
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8543
8544 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8547 Sign the current buffer.
8548 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8549
8550 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8551
8552 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8553
8554 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8555 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8556 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8557 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8558 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8559 and also whether and how to sign.
8560
8561 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8562 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8563 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8564
8565 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8566
8567 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8570 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8571 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8572
8573 \(fn)" t nil)
8574
8575 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8576
8577 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8578 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8579 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8582 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8583
8584 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8585
8586 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8587 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8591
8592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8593
8594 ;;;***
8595 \f
8596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21611 10937 700236 3000))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8598 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8599
8600 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8601 Return a context object.
8602
8603 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8604
8605 ;;;***
8606 \f
8607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21607 54478 300138
8608 ;;;;;; 641000))
8609 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8610
8611 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8612 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8613
8614 \(fn)" nil nil)
8615
8616 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8617 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8618
8619 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8620
8621 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8622 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8623
8624 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8625
8626 ;;;***
8627 \f
8628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8630
8631 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8632 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8633
8634 \(fn)" nil nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8637 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8638 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8639
8640 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8641
8642 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8643 (server (erc-compute-server))
8644 (port (erc-compute-port))
8645 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8646 password
8647 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8648
8649 That is, if called with
8650
8651 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8652
8653 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8654 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8655 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8656
8657 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8658
8659 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8660
8661 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8662 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8663 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8664
8665 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8668 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8669 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8670 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8671
8672 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8673
8674 ;;;***
8675 \f
8676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21607
8677 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8679 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8680
8681 ;;;***
8682 \f
8683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21607 54478
8684 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8686 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21607 54478
8691 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8693 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8694
8695 ;;;***
8696 \f
8697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21607 54478
8698 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21607 54478 300138
8705 ;;;;;; 641000))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8707 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8708
8709 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8710 Parser for /dcc command.
8711 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8712 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8713 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8714
8715 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8716
8717 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8718 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8719
8720 \(fn)" nil nil)
8721
8722 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8723 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8724
8725 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8726 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8727 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8728 that subcommand.
8729
8730 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8731
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8735 ;;;;;; (21617 49721 420132 227000))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21607
8742 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8744
8745 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8746 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8747
8748 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8749
8750 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8751 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8752 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8753 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8754
8755 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8756
8757 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8758
8759
8760 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8763 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8764
8765 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8766
8767 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8768 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8769
8770 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8771
8772 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8773 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8774
8775 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8776
8777 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8778 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8779
8780 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8781
8782 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8783 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8784
8785 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8786
8787 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8788 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8789
8790 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8791
8792 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8793 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8794
8795 \(fn)" nil nil)
8796
8797 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8799
8800 \(fn)" nil nil)
8801
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21607 54478 300138
8805 ;;;;;; 641000))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8807 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8808
8809 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8810 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8811 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8812
8813 \(fn)" nil nil)
8814
8815 ;;;***
8816 \f
8817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21607 54478
8818 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8820 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8821
8822 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8823 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8824 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8825 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8826 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8827 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8828 system.
8829
8830 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8833
8834
8835 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8836
8837 ;;;***
8838 \f
8839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21607 54478
8840 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8844
8845
8846 \(fn)" nil nil)
8847
8848 ;;;***
8849 \f
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21607 54478 300138
8851 ;;;;;; 641000))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8853 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8854
8855 ;;;***
8856 \f
8857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21607 54478 300138
8858 ;;;;;; 641000))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8860 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8861
8862 ;;;***
8863 \f
8864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21607 54478 300138
8865 ;;;;;; 641000))
8866 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8867 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8868
8869 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8870 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8871 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8872 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8873 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8874 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8875
8876 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8877
8878 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8879 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8880 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8881 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8882
8883 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8884 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8885 automatically.
8886
8887 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8888 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8889
8890 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8891
8892 ;;;***
8893 \f
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21607 54478
8895 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8897 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8898
8899 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8900 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8901
8902 \(fn)" t nil)
8903
8904 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8905 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8906
8907 \(fn)" t nil)
8908
8909 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8910 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8911
8912 \(fn)" t nil)
8913
8914 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8915 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8916
8917 \(fn)" t nil)
8918
8919 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8920 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8921
8922 \(fn)" t nil)
8923
8924 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8925 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8926
8927 \(fn)" t nil)
8928
8929 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8930 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8931
8932 \(fn)" t nil)
8933
8934 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8935 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8936
8937 \(fn)" t nil)
8938
8939 ;;;***
8940 \f
8941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21607 54478 300138
8942 ;;;;;; 641000))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8944 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8945
8946 ;;;***
8947 \f
8948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21607
8949 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8951 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8954 Show who's gone.
8955
8956 \(fn)" nil nil)
8957
8958 ;;;***
8959 \f
8960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21607
8961 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8963
8964 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8965 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8966 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8967 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8968
8969 \(fn)" nil nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8972 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8973
8974 \(fn)" t nil)
8975
8976 ;;;***
8977 \f
8978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21607 54478
8979 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8981 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8984 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8985 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
8986 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8987
8988 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8991
8992
8993 \(fn)" nil nil)
8994
8995 ;;;***
8996 \f
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21607 54478 300138
8998 ;;;;;; 641000))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9001
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21607
9005 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9008
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21607 54478
9012 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9015
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21607 54478 300138
9019 ;;;;;; 641000))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9022
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21607
9026 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9029
9030 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9031 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9032
9033 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9034
9035 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9036 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9037 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9038
9039 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9040
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21607 54478
9044 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9046 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9047
9048 ;;;***
9049 \f
9050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21607
9051 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9053
9054 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9055 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9056 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9057
9058 \(fn)" t nil)
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21607
9063 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21607 54478
9070 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9073
9074 ;;;***
9075 \f
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21607 54478
9077 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9079
9080 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9081 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9082 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9083
9084 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9085
9086 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9087 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9091
9092 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9093 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9094 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9095 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9096
9097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9098 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9099
9100 ;;;***
9101 \f
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21607
9103 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9106
9107 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9108 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9109 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9110 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9111
9112 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9115 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9116 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9117
9118 \(fn)" t nil)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21607 54478 300138
9123 ;;;;;; 641000))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9126
9127 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9128 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9129
9130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9131
9132 ;;;***
9133 \f
9134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21607 54477 800124
9135 ;;;;;; 118000))
9136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9137
9138 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9139 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9140
9141 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9142 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9143
9144 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9145 useful for assertions in BODY.
9146
9147 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9148
9149 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9150 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9151 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9152
9153 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9154
9155 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9156
9157 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9158
9159 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9160
9161 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9162
9163 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9164 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9165
9166 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9167 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9168 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9169 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9170
9171 Returns the stats object.
9172
9173 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9176 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9177
9178 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9179 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9180 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9181 the tests).
9182
9183 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9184
9185 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9186 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9187
9188 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9189 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9190 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9191 and how to display message.
9192
9193 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9194
9195 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9196
9197 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9198 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9199
9200 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9201
9202 ;;;***
9203 \f
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21607 54477
9205 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9207
9208 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9209
9210 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9211 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9212
9213 \(fn)" t nil)
9214
9215 ;;;***
9216 \f
9217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21607 54478
9218 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9220
9221 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9222 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9223
9224 \(fn)" t nil)
9225
9226 ;;;***
9227 \f
9228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21607 54478 300138
9229 ;;;;;; 641000))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9231 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9232
9233 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9234 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9235 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9236 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9237 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9238 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9239 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9240 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9241 buffer selected (or created).
9242
9243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9244
9245 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9246 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9247 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9248
9249 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9250
9251 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9252 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9253 The result might be any Lisp object.
9254 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9255 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9256 corresponding to a successful execution.
9257
9258 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9259
9260 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21665 14401 955623
9265 ;;;;;; 556000))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9267
9268 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9269 File name of tags table.
9270 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9271 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9272 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9273 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9274 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9275
9276 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9277 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9278 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9279 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9280
9281 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9282
9283 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9284 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9285 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9286 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9287 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9288 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9289
9290 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9291
9292 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9293 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9294 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9295
9296 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9297
9298 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9299 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9300 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9301 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9302 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9303
9304 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9305
9306 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9307 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9308 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9309 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9310
9311 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9312
9313 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9314 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9315 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9316 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9317 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9318
9319 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9320
9321 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9322 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9323
9324 \(fn)" t nil)
9325
9326 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9327 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9328 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9329 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9330
9331 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9332 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9333 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9334 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9335 file the tag was in.
9336
9337 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9338
9339 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9340 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9341 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9342 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9343 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9344 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9345 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9346 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9347 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9348
9349 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9350
9351 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9352 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9353 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9354 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9355 without directory names.
9356
9357 \(fn)" nil nil)
9358
9359 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9360
9361
9362 \(fn)" nil nil)
9363 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9364 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9365 (progn
9366 (load "etags")
9367 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9368
9369 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9370 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9371 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9372 but does not select the buffer.
9373 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9374
9375 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9376 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9377 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9378 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9379 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9380
9381 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9382
9383 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9384 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9385 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9386
9387 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9388
9389 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9392 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9393 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9394 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9395
9396 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9397 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9398 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9399 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9400 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9401
9402 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9403
9404 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9405 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9406 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9407
9408 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9409
9410 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9411
9412 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9413 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9414 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9415 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9416 around or before point.
9417
9418 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9419 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9420 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9421 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9422 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9423
9424 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9425
9426 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9427 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9428 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9429
9430 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9431
9432 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9433
9434 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9435
9436 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9437 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9438 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9439 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9440 around or before point.
9441
9442 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9443 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9444 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9445 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9446 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9447
9448 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9449
9450 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9451 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9452 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9453
9454 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9455
9456 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9457
9458 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9459
9460 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9461 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9462 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9463
9464 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9465 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9466 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9467 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9468 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9469
9470 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9471
9472 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9473 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9474 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9475
9476 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9477
9478 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9479
9480 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9481
9482 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9483
9484 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9485 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9486
9487 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9488 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9489 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9490
9491 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9492 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9493
9494 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9495 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9496
9497 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9498
9499 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9500 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9501 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9502 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9503
9504 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9505 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9506 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9507 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9508 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9509
9510 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9511
9512 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9513
9514 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9515 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9516 Stops when a match is found.
9517 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9518
9519 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9520 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9521 restricted to these files.
9522
9523 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9524
9525 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9526
9527 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9528 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9529 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9530 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9531 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9532 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9533 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9534 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9535
9536 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9537 produce the list of files to search.
9538
9539 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9540
9541 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9542
9543 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9544 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9545 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9546 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9547 directory specification.
9548
9549 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9550
9551 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9552 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9553
9554 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9555
9556 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9557
9558 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9559 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9560 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9561 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9562
9563 \(fn)" t nil)
9564
9565 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9566 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9567 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9568 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9569 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9570
9571 \(fn)" t nil)
9572
9573 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9574
9575
9576 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9577
9578 ;;;***
9579 \f
9580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21607
9581 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9582 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9583
9584 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9585
9586
9587 \(fn)" nil nil)
9588
9589 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9590 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9591
9592 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9593 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9594
9595 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9596 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9597 primary language.
9598
9599 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9600 even if the buffer is read-only.
9601
9602 See also the descriptions of the variables
9603 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9604
9605 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9606
9607 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9608 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9609
9610 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9611 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9612
9613 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9614 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9615 primary language.
9616
9617 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9618 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9619
9620 See also the descriptions of the variables
9621 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9622
9623 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9624
9625 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9626 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9627 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9628 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9629
9630 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9631
9632 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9633 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9634 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9635 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9636
9637 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9638 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9639 primary language.
9640
9641 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9642 buffer is read-only.
9643
9644 See also the descriptions of the variables
9645 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9646 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9647
9648 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9649
9650 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9651 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9652
9653 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9654 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9655
9656 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9657 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9658 the primary language.
9659
9660 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9661 buffer is read-only.
9662
9663 See also the descriptions of the variables
9664 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9665 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9666
9667 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9668
9669 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9670 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9671 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9672
9673 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9674
9675 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9676 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9677
9678 \(fn)" t nil)
9679
9680 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9681 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9682
9683 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9684 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9685 be 1, 2, or 3.
9686
9687 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9688 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9689 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9690
9691 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9692
9693 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9694
9695 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9696 This function is deprecated.
9697
9698 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9699
9700 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9701 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9702
9703 \(fn)" t nil)
9704
9705 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9706 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9707
9708 \(fn)" t nil)
9709
9710 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9711 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9712
9713 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9714 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9715
9716 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9717 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9718
9719 \(fn)" nil nil)
9720
9721 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9722 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9723
9724 \(fn)" nil nil)
9725
9726 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9727 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9728
9729 \(fn)" nil nil)
9730
9731 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9732 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9733
9734 \(fn)" nil nil)
9735
9736 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9737 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9738 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9739
9740 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9741
9742 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9743
9744
9745 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9746
9747 ;;;***
9748 \f
9749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9751
9752 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9753 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9754 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9755 server for future sessions.
9756
9757 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9760 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9761 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9762
9763 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9766 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9767 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9768
9769 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9770
9771 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9772 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9773 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9774 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9775 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9776 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9777 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9778 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9779 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9780 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9781 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9782 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9783
9784 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9785
9786 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9787 Display a form to query the directory server.
9788 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9789 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9790
9791 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9794 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9795 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9796
9797 \(fn)" t nil)
9798
9799 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9800
9801 ;;;***
9802 \f
9803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21607 54478 300138
9804 ;;;;;; 641000))
9805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9806
9807 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9808 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9809
9810 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9811
9812 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9813 Display URL and make it clickable.
9814
9815 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9818 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9819
9820 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9823 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9824
9825 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9826
9827 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9828 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9829
9830 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9831
9832 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9833 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9834
9835 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9836
9837 ;;;***
9838 \f
9839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21607 54478
9840 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9841 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9842
9843 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9844 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9845 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9846
9847 \(fn)" t nil)
9848
9849 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9850 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9851
9852 \(fn)" t nil)
9853
9854 ;;;***
9855 \f
9856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21607
9857 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9859
9860 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9861 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9862
9863 \(fn)" t nil)
9864
9865 ;;;***
9866 \f
9867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21607 54477 800124
9868 ;;;;;; 118000))
9869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9870
9871 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9872 Create an empty ewoc.
9873
9874 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9875
9876 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9877 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9878 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9879 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9880 `insert-before-markers'.
9881
9882 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9883 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9884 respectively, of the ewoc.
9885
9886 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9887 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9888 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9889
9890 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9891
9892 ;;;***
9893 \f
9894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21667 56163 185621 290000))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9896
9897 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9898 Fetch URL and render the page.
9899 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9900 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9901
9902 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9903 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9904
9905 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9906 Render a file using EWW.
9907
9908 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9911 Search the web for the text between the point and marker.
9912 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9913
9914 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9915
9916 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9917
9918
9919 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9920
9921 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
9922 Display the bookmarks.
9923
9924 \(fn)" t nil)
9925
9926 ;;;***
9927 \f
9928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21607
9929 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
9930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9931
9932 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9933 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9934 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9935
9936 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9937
9938 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9939 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9940 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9941 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9942 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9943
9944 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9945
9946 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9947 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9948 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9949 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9950 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9951 executable.
9952
9953 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9954
9955 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9956 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9957 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9958
9959 \(fn)" t nil)
9960
9961 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9962 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9963 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9964 file modes.
9965
9966 \(fn)" nil nil)
9967
9968 ;;;***
9969 \f
9970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
9971 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9972
9973 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9974 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9975 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9976 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9977
9978 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9979
9980 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9981 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9982 to generate such functions.
9983
9984 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9985 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9986 beginning of the expanded text.
9987
9988 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9989 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9990 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9991 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9992
9993 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9994
9995 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9996
9997 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9998 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9999 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10000
10001 \(fn)" nil nil)
10002
10003 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10004 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10005 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10006
10007 \(fn)" t nil)
10008
10009 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10010 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10011 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10012
10013 \(fn)" t nil)
10014 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10015 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10016
10017 ;;;***
10018 \f
10019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21607 54478 800121
10020 ;;;;;; 42000))
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10022
10023 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10024 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10025 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10026
10027 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10028 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10029 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10030
10031 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10032
10033 Key definitions:
10034 \\{f90-mode-map}
10035
10036 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10037
10038 `f90-do-indent'
10039 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10040 `f90-if-indent'
10041 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10042 `f90-type-indent'
10043 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10044 `f90-program-indent'
10045 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10046 (default 2).
10047 `f90-associate-indent'
10048 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10049 `f90-critical-indent'
10050 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10051 `f90-continuation-indent'
10052 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10053 `f90-comment-region'
10054 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10055 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10056 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10057 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10058 (default \"!\").
10059 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10060 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10061 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10062 `f90-break-delimiters'
10063 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10064 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10065 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10066 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10067 (default t).
10068 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10069 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10070 `f90-smart-end'
10071 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10072 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10073 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10074 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10075 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10076 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10077 `f90-leave-line-no'
10078 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10079
10080 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10081 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10082
10083 \(fn)" t nil)
10084
10085 ;;;***
10086 \f
10087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21607 54478 300138
10088 ;;;;;; 641000))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10090
10091 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10092 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10093 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10094 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10095
10096 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10097 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10098 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10099 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10100 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10101
10102 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10103 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10104 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10105 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10106 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10107 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10108 attributes.
10109
10110 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10111 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10112
10113 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10114
10115 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10116 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10117 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10118 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10119
10120 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10121
10122 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10123 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10124 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10125 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10126
10127 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10128 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10129 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10130
10131 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10132 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10133 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10134 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10135
10136 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10137
10138 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10139 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10140 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10141
10142 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10143 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10144 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10145 the same amount).
10146
10147 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10148
10149 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10150 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10151 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10152
10153 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10154 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10155 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10156 will remove any scaling currently active.
10157
10158 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10159
10160 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10161 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10162 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10163
10164 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10165 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10166 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10167 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10168 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10169
10170 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10171 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10172
10173 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10174
10175 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10176 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10177
10178 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10179 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10180 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10181
10182 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10183 the face height as long as the input event read
10184 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10185
10186 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10187 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10188 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10189 will remove any scaling currently active.
10190
10191 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10192 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10193 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10194 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10195 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10196
10197 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10198
10199 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10200 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10202 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10203 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10204 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10205
10206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10209 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10210 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10211 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10212 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10213 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10214 `buffer-face-mode'.
10215
10216 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10217 local, and sets it to FACE.
10218
10219 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10222 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10223 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10224 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10225 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10226 `face' text property.
10227
10228 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10229 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10230 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10231 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10232
10233 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10234 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10235
10236 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10237
10238 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10239 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10240 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10241 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10242
10243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10244
10245 ;;;***
10246 \f
10247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10248 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10250 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10251
10252 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10253 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10254 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10255 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10256
10257 \(fn)" nil nil)
10258
10259 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10260 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10261
10262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10263
10264 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10265 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10266 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10267 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10268
10269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10270
10271 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10272 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10273 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10274 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10275 backup file names and the like).
10276
10277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10278
10279 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10280 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10281 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10282 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10283 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10284 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10285 internally by feedmail):
10286
10287 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10288 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10289 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10290 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10291
10292 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10293 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10294 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10295 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10296 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10297
10298 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10299
10300 ;;;***
10301 \f
10302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
10303 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10304
10305 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10306 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10307 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10308 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10309 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10310 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10311 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10312
10313 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10314
10315 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10316 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10317 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10318 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10319 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10320 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10321 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10322
10323 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10324
10325 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10326
10327 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10328 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10329 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10330 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10331 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10332 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10333
10334 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10335
10336 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10337 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10338 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10339 Return value:
10340 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10341 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10342 * otherwise, nil
10343
10344 \(fn E)" t nil)
10345
10346 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10347 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10348 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10349
10350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10353 Try to get a file name at point.
10354 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10355
10356 \(fn)" nil nil)
10357
10358 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10359 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10360
10361 \(fn)" t nil)
10362
10363 ;;;***
10364 \f
10365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21607 54478 300138
10366 ;;;;;; 641000))
10367 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10368
10369 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10370 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10371 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10372 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10373
10374 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10377 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10378 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10379 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10380 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10381 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10382
10383 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10386 Add FILE to the file cache.
10387
10388 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10389
10390 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10391 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10392 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10393
10394 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10395
10396 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10397 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10398 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10399
10400 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10401
10402 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10403 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10404 This function does not use any external programs.
10405 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10406 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10407 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10408
10409 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10410
10411 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10412 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10413 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10414 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10415 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10416 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10417 \(directories) is done.
10418
10419 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10420
10421 ;;;***
10422 \f
10423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21607 54478 300138
10424 ;;;;;; 641000))
10425 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10426
10427 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10428 Handle file system monitoring event.
10429 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10430 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10431
10432 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10433
10434 ;;;***
10435 \f
10436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21607 54478 300138
10437 ;;;;;; 641000))
10438 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10439
10440 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10441 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10442
10443 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10444 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10445 Local Variables list.
10446
10447 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10448 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10449 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10450
10451 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10454 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10455
10456 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10459 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10460
10461 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10462 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10463 the -*- line.
10464
10465 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10466 then this function adds it.
10467
10468 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10469
10470 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10471 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10472
10473 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10474
10475 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10476 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10477
10478 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10479
10480 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10481 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10482
10483 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10484
10485 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10486 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10487
10488 \(fn)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10491 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10492
10493 \(fn)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10496 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10497
10498 \(fn)" t nil)
10499
10500 ;;;***
10501 \f
10502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21607 54478 300138
10503 ;;;;;; 641000))
10504 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10505
10506 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10507 Filesets initialization.
10508 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10509
10510 \(fn)" nil nil)
10511
10512 ;;;***
10513 \f
10514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21607 54478 300138
10515 ;;;;;; 641000))
10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10517 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10518
10519 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10520 Initiate the building of a find command.
10521 For example:
10522
10523 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10524 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10525 (mtime \"+1\"))
10526 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10527
10528 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10529 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10530
10531 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10532
10533 ;;;***
10534 \f
10535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21607 54478 300138
10536 ;;;;;; 641000))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10538
10539 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10540 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10541 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10542
10543 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10544
10545 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10546 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10547
10548 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10549
10550 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10551 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10552 and run Dired on those files.
10553 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10554 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10555
10556 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10557
10558 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10559
10560 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10563 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10564 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10565
10566 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10567 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10568
10569 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10570 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10571
10572 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10573
10574 ;;;***
10575 \f
10576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21607 54478 300138
10577 ;;;;;; 641000))
10578 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10579
10580 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10581 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10582 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10583 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10584 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10585 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10586 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10587
10588 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10589
10590 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10591 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10592 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10593
10594 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10595
10596 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10597
10598 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10599
10600 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10601 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10602 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10603
10604 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10605 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10606
10607 Variables of interest include:
10608
10609 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10610 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10611 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10612
10613 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10614 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10615 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10616
10617 - `ff-ignore-include'
10618 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10619
10620 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10621 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10622
10623 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10624 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10625
10626 - `ff-special-constructs'
10627 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10628 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10629 extracting the filename from that construct.
10630
10631 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10632 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10633
10634 - `ff-search-directories'
10635 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10636 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10637
10638 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10639 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10640
10641 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10642 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10643
10644 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10645 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10646
10647 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10648 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10649
10650 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10651 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10652
10653 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10654
10655 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10656 Visit the file you click on.
10657
10658 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10659
10660 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10661 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10662
10663 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10664
10665 ;;;***
10666 \f
10667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21665
10668 ;;;;;; 14401 955623 556000))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10670
10671 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10672 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10673 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10674
10675 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10676
10677 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10678 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10679 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10680 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10681
10682 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10683 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10684 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10685 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10686
10687 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10688
10689 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10690 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10691
10692 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10693 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10694 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10695 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10696
10697 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10698 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10699 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10700
10701 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10702 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10703 in `load-path'.
10704
10705 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10706
10707 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10708 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10709
10710 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10711 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10712 places point before the definition.
10713 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10714
10715 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10716 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10717 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10718
10719 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10720
10721 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10722 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10723
10724 See `find-function' for more details.
10725
10726 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10727
10728 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10729 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10730
10731 See `find-function' for more details.
10732
10733 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10734
10735 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10736 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10737
10738 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10739 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10740 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10741
10742 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10743 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10744
10745 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10746
10747 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10748 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10749
10750 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10751 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10752 places point before the definition.
10753
10754 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10755
10756 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10757 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10758 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10759
10760 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10761
10762 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10763 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10764
10765 See `find-variable' for more details.
10766
10767 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10768
10769 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10770 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10771
10772 See `find-variable' for more details.
10773
10774 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10775
10776 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10777 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10778 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10779 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10780 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10781 buffer nor display it.
10782
10783 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10784 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10785
10786 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10787
10788 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10789 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10790
10791 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10792 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10793 places point before the definition.
10794
10795 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10796
10797 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10798 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10799 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10800
10801 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10802
10803 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10804 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10805 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10806
10807 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10808
10809 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10810 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10811
10812 \(fn)" t nil)
10813
10814 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10815 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10816
10817 \(fn)" t nil)
10818
10819 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10820 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10821
10822 \(fn)" nil nil)
10823
10824 ;;;***
10825 \f
10826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21607 54478 300138
10827 ;;;;;; 641000))
10828 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10829
10830 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10831 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10832
10833 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10834
10835 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10836 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10837
10838 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10841 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10842
10843 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10844
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10849 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10850
10851 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10852 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10853
10854 \(fn)" t nil)
10855
10856 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10857 Display FILE's commentary section.
10858 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10859
10860 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10861
10862 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10863 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10864
10865 \(fn)" t nil)
10866
10867 ;;;***
10868 \f
10869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21607 54478 300138
10870 ;;;;;; 641000))
10871 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10872
10873 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10874 Toggle flow control handling.
10875 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10876 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10877
10878 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10881 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10882 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10883 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10884 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10885 to get the effect of a C-q.
10886
10887 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10888
10889 ;;;***
10890 \f
10891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21607 54478
10892 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10894
10895 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10896
10897
10898 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10899
10900 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10901
10902
10903 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10904
10905 ;;;***
10906 \f
10907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21607 54478
10908 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10910 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10911
10912 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10913 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10915 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10916 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10917 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10918
10919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10922 Turn flymake mode on.
10923
10924 \(fn)" nil nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10927 Turn flymake mode off.
10928
10929 \(fn)" nil nil)
10930
10931 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10932
10933
10934 \(fn)" nil nil)
10935
10936 ;;;***
10937 \f
10938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21607 54478
10939 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
10940 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10941
10942 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10943 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10944
10945 \(fn)" t nil)
10946 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10947
10948 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10949 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10951 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10952 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10953
10954 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10955 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10956 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10957
10958 Bindings:
10959 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10960 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10961 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10962 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10963
10964 Hooks:
10965 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10966
10967 Remark:
10968 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10969 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10970 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10971
10972 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10973 consider adding:
10974 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10975 in your init file.
10976
10977 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10978 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10979
10980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10981
10982 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10983 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10984
10985 \(fn)" nil nil)
10986
10987 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10988 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10989
10990 \(fn)" nil nil)
10991
10992 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10993 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10994
10995 \(fn)" nil nil)
10996
10997 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10998 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10999
11000 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11001
11002 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11003 Flyspell whole buffer.
11004
11005 \(fn)" t nil)
11006
11007 ;;;***
11008 \f
11009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21607 54478 300138
11010 ;;;;;; 641000))
11011 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11012 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11013
11014 ;;;***
11015 \f
11016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11018
11019 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11020 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11021
11022 \(fn)" nil nil)
11023
11024 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11025 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11026
11027 \(fn)" nil nil)
11028
11029 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11030 Toggle Follow mode.
11031 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11032 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11033 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11034
11035 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11036 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11037
11038 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11039 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11040 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11041
11042 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11043 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11044 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11045 movement commands.
11046
11047 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11048 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11049 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11050 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11051 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11052 mileage may vary).
11053
11054 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11055 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11056
11057 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11058
11059 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11060
11061 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11062 \\{follow-mode-map}
11063
11064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11065
11066 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11067 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11068
11069 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11070 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11071 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11072 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11073 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11074 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11075
11076 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11077 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11078 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11079
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11081
11082 ;;;***
11083 \f
11084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21607 54478
11085 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11087 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11088
11089 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11090 Toggle Footnote mode.
11091 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11092 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11093 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11094
11095 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11096 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11097 play around with the following keys:
11098 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11099
11100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11101
11102 ;;;***
11103 \f
11104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
11105 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11106
11107 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11108 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11109
11110 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11111 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11112 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11113 C-c < forms-first-record <
11114 C-c > forms-last-record >
11115 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11116 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11117 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11118 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11119 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11120 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11121 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11122 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11123 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11124 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11125
11126 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11127
11128 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11129 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11130
11131 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11132
11133 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11134 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11135
11136 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11137
11138 ;;;***
11139 \f
11140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21607 54478
11141 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11143
11144 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11145 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11146 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11147
11148 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11149 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11150
11151 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11152
11153 Key definitions:
11154 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11155
11156 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11157
11158 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11159 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11160 `fortran-do-indent'
11161 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11162 `fortran-if-indent'
11163 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11164 `fortran-structure-indent'
11165 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11166 (default 3)
11167 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11168 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11169 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11170 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11171 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11172 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11173 nil don't change the indentation
11174 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11175 value of either
11176 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11177 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11178 depending on the continuation format in use.
11179 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11180 indentation for a line of code.
11181 (default 'fixed)
11182 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11183 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11184 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11185 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11186 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11187 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11188 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11189 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11190 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11191 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11192 column 5.
11193 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11194 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11195 statements (default nil).
11196 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11197 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11198 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11199 `fortran-continuation-string'
11200 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11201 line (default \"$\").
11202 `fortran-comment-region'
11203 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11204 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11205 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11206 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11207 as typed (default t).
11208 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11209 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11210
11211 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11212 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11213
11214 \(fn)" t nil)
11215
11216 ;;;***
11217 \f
11218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21607 54478 800121
11219 ;;;;;; 42000))
11220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11221
11222 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11223 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11224
11225 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11226 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11227
11228 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11229
11230 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11231 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11232
11233 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11234 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11235
11236 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11237
11238 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11239 Compile fortune file.
11240
11241 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11242 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11243
11244 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11245
11246 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11247 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11248
11249 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11250 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11251 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11252 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11253
11254 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11255
11256 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11257 Display a fortune cookie.
11258 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11259 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11260 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11261 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11262
11263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11264
11265 ;;;***
11266 \f
11267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21607 54478 300138
11268 ;;;;;; 641000))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11270
11271 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11272 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11273 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11274
11275 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11276 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11277 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11278
11279 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11280 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11281
11282 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11283 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11284
11285 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11286 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11287 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11288 intend to modify existing values, do
11289
11290 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11291
11292 before changing anything.
11293
11294 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11295 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11296
11297 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11298 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11299 to restore the frame.
11300
11301 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11302 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11303 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11304
11305 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11306 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11307 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11308 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11309 FILTER A filter function.
11310
11311 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11312 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11313
11314 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11315
11316 where
11317
11318 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11319 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11320 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11321 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11322 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11323 before restoring it.
11324 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11325
11326 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11327 It must return:
11328 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11329 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11330 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11331
11332 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11333 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11334
11335 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11336 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11337 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11338 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11339 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11340 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11341 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11342
11343 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11344
11345 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11346 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11347
11348 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11349
11350 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11351 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11352 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11353 If nil, check all live frames.
11354
11355 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11356
11357 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11358 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11359 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11360 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11361 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11362 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11363 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11364 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11365 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11366 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11367 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11368
11369 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11370
11371 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11372 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11373
11374 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11375 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11376 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11377 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11378 and window-state is not restored.
11379
11380 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11381 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11382
11383 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11384 t All existing frames can be reused.
11385 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11386 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11387 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11388 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11389
11390 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11391 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11392 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11393 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11394 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11395 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11396 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11397 be created from that parameter alist.
11398
11399 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11400 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11401 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11402 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11403 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11404 - the live frame just restored,
11405 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11406 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11407 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11408
11409 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11410 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11411 nil Keep all frames.
11412 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11413 - FRAME, a live frame.
11414 - ACTION, which can be one of
11415 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11416 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11417 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11418 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11419 Return value is ignored.
11420
11421 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11422 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11423 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11424 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11425 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11426
11427 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11428
11429 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11430
11431 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11432 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11433 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11434
11435 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11436
11437 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11438 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11439 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11440
11441 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11442
11443 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11444 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11445 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11446 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11447
11448 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11449
11450 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11451
11452 ;;;***
11453 \f
11454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21607 54478
11455 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11456 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11457 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11458
11459 ;;;***
11460 \f
11461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21607 54478
11462 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11464
11465 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11466 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11467 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11468
11469 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11470
11471 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11472 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11473 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11474 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11475 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11476 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11477 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11478
11479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11480
11481 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11482 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11483 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11484 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11485
11486 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11487 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11488 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11489 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11490 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11491
11492 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11493 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11494 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11495 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11496
11497 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11498 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11499 shown in some of the buffers.
11500
11501 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11502
11503 The following commands help control operation :
11504
11505 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11506 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11507
11508 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11509 detailed description of this mode.
11510
11511
11512 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11513 | GDB Toolbar |
11514 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11515 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11516 | | |
11517 | | |
11518 | | |
11519 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11520 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11521 | | (comint-mode) |
11522 | | |
11523 | | |
11524 | | |
11525 | | |
11526 | | |
11527 | | |
11528 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11529 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11530 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11531 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11532 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11533 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11534
11535 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11536
11537 ;;;***
11538 \f
11539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21607 54477
11540 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11542
11543 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11544 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11545 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11546 instead (which see).")
11547
11548 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11549 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11550
11551 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11552 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11553 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11554 documentation string instead.
11555
11556 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11557 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11558 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11559 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11560 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11561 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11562 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11563 enders are actually possible.
11564
11565 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11566 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11567
11568 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11569 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11570 `font-lock-keywords'.
11571
11572 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11573 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11574 runs the macro expansion.
11575
11576 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11577 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11578 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11579
11580 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11581
11582 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11583
11584 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11585
11586 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11587
11588 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11589 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11590
11591 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11594 Enter generic mode MODE.
11595
11596 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11597 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11598 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11599
11600 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11601 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11602
11603 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11604
11605 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11606 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11607 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11608 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11609 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11610 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11611 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11612 `font-lock-keywords'.
11613
11614 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11615
11616 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11617
11618 ;;;***
11619 \f
11620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21607 54478
11621 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11623
11624 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11625 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11626 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11627 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11628 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11629 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11630
11631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11632
11633 ;;;***
11634 \f
11635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21607 54478
11636 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11638
11639 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11640 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11641 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11642
11643 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11644
11645 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11646 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11647
11648 Guideline for numbers:
11649 1 - error messages
11650 3 - non-serious error messages
11651 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11652 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11653 9 - messages inside loops.
11654
11655 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11658 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11659 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11660
11661 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11665
11666 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11667
11668 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11669 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11670
11671 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11672 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11673 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11674 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11675 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11676 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11677
11678 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11679 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11680 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11681 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11682 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11683
11684 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11685
11686 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
11691 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11692 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11693 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11694 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11695
11696 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11697 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11698
11699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11700
11701 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11702 Read network news.
11703 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11704 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11705 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11706 name of an NNTP server to use.
11707 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11708 server.
11709
11710 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11713 Read news as a slave.
11714
11715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11716
11717 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11718 Pop up a frame to read news.
11719 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11720 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11721 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11722 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11723 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11724 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11725 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11726 current display is used.
11727
11728 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11729
11730 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11731 Read network news.
11732 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11733 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11734 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11735
11736 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11737
11738 ;;;***
11739 \f
11740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21607 54478
11741 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11743
11744 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11745 Start Gnus unplugged.
11746
11747 \(fn)" t nil)
11748
11749 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11750 Start Gnus plugged.
11751
11752 \(fn)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11755 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11756
11757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11761
11762 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11763 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11764 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11765
11766 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11767 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11768 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11769
11770 \(fn)" t nil)
11771
11772 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11773 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11774
11775 \(fn)" nil nil)
11776
11777 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11778 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11779 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11780 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11781 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11782 supported.
11783
11784 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11785
11786 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11787 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11788 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11789 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11790 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11791 supported.
11792
11793 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11794
11795 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11796 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11797
11798 \(fn)" nil nil)
11799
11800 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11801 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11802 downloaded into the agent.
11803
11804 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11808 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11809 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11810
11811 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11814 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11815
11816 \(fn)" t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11819 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11820
11821 \(fn)" t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11825 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11826
11827 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11828
11829 ;;;***
11830 \f
11831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21652 2365 910127
11832 ;;;;;; 752000))
11833 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11834
11835 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11836 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11837
11838 \(fn)" nil nil)
11839
11840 ;;;***
11841 \f
11842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21645
11843 ;;;;;; 29116 670141 789000))
11844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11845
11846 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11847 Set a bookmark for this article.
11848
11849 \(fn)" t nil)
11850
11851 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11852 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11853
11854 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11855
11856 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11857 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11858 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11859 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11860 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11861
11862 \(fn)" t nil)
11863
11864 ;;;***
11865 \f
11866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21607 54478
11867 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11869
11870 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11871 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11872
11873 Usage:
11874 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11875
11876 \(fn)" t nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11879 Generate the cache active file.
11880
11881 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11882
11883 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11884 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11885
11886 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11887
11888 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11889 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11890 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11891 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11892 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11893 supported.
11894
11895 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11896
11897 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11898 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11899 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11900 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11901 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11902 supported.
11903
11904 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11905
11906 ;;;***
11907 \f
11908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21607 54478
11909 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11913 Delay this article by some time.
11914 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11915
11916 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11917 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11918
11919 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11920 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11921
11922 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11923 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11924
11925 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11928 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11929
11930 \(fn)" t nil)
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11933 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11934 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11935 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11936
11937 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11938 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11939
11940 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11941
11942 ;;;***
11943 \f
11944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21607 54478
11945 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11947
11948 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11949
11950
11951 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11952
11953 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11954
11955
11956 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11957
11958 ;;;***
11959 \f
11960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21607 54478
11961 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11963
11964 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11965 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11966
11967 \(fn)" t nil)
11968
11969 ;;;***
11970 \f
11971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21607 54478
11972 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11974
11975 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11976 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11977
11978 \(fn)" t nil)
11979
11980 ;;;***
11981 \f
11982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21607 54478
11983 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11985
11986 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
11987 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
11988
11989 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
11990
11991 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
11992
11993 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11994 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11995
11996 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
11997
11998 \(fn)" t nil)
11999
12000 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12001 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12002
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12004
12005 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12006 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12007
12008 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12009 different input formats.
12010
12011 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12012
12013 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12014 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12015
12016 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12017 different input formats.
12018
12019 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12022 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12023 The PNG is returned as a string.
12024
12025 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12026
12027 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12028 Convert FILE to a Face.
12029 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12030 726 bytes.
12031
12032 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12033
12034 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12035 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12036
12037 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12038
12039 \(fn)" t nil)
12040
12041 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12042 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12043
12044 \(fn)" nil nil)
12045
12046 ;;;***
12047 \f
12048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21607
12049 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12051
12052 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12053 Display gravatar in the From header.
12054 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12055
12056 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12059 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12060 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12061
12062 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12063
12064 ;;;***
12065 \f
12066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21607 54478
12067 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12069
12070 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12071 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12072 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12073 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12074
12075 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12078 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12079
12080 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12081
12082 ;;;***
12083 \f
12084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21607 54478
12085 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12087
12088 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12089
12090
12091 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12092
12093 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12094
12095
12096 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12097
12098 ;;;***
12099 \f
12100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21607 54478
12101 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12103
12104 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12105
12106 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12107 Run batched scoring.
12108 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12109
12110 \(fn)" t nil)
12111
12112 ;;;***
12113 \f
12114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21607 54478 300138
12115 ;;;;;; 641000))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12117
12118 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12119
12120
12121 \(fn)" nil nil)
12122
12123 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12124 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12125 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12126
12127 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12130 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12131
12132 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12133
12134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12135
12136 ;;;***
12137 \f
12138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21607 54478
12139 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12141
12142 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12143 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12144 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12145 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12146 group parameters.
12147
12148 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12149 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12150 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12151 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12152
12153 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12154 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12155 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12156 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12157 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12158 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12159 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12160 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12161 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12162 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12163
12164 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12165
12166 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12167 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12168 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12169 nil CATCH-ALL).
12170
12171 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12172 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12173
12174 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12175
12176 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12177 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12178 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12179
12180 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12181
12182 \(fn)" nil nil)
12183
12184 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12185 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12186 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12187
12188 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12189
12190 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12191 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12192 existing groups are considered.
12193
12194 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12195 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12196 returned.
12197
12198 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12199 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12200 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12201 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12202 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12203 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12204 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12205 clauses will be generated.
12206
12207 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12208 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12209 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12210 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12211 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12212 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12213
12214 For example, given the following group parameters:
12215
12216 nnml:mail.bar:
12217 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12218 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12219 nnml:mail.foo:
12220 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12221 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12222 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12223 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12224 nnml:mail.others:
12225 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12226
12227 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12228
12229 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12230 \"mail.bar\")
12231 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12232 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12233 \"mail.others\")
12234
12235 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12236
12237 ;;;***
12238 \f
12239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21607 54478
12240 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12242
12243 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12244 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12245 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12246 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12247 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12248 instead.
12249
12250 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12251
12252 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12253 Mail to ADDRESS.
12254
12255 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12256
12257 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12258 Like `message-reply'.
12259
12260 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12261
12262 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12263
12264 ;;;***
12265 \f
12266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12267 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12269
12270 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12271 Send a notification on new message.
12272 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12273 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12274 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12275
12276 This is typically a function to add in
12277 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12278
12279 \(fn)" nil nil)
12280
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21607 54478
12284 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12288 Display picons in the From header.
12289 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12290
12291 \(fn)" t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12294 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12295 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12296
12297 \(fn)" t nil)
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12300 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12301 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12302
12303 \(fn)" t nil)
12304
12305 ;;;***
12306 \f
12307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21607 54478
12308 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12312 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12313 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12314 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12315
12316 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12317
12318 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12319 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12320 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12321 LIST1 is modified.
12322
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12327 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12328
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330
12331 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12332
12333
12334 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12335
12336 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12337 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12338 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12339
12340 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12343 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12344 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12345
12346 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12349
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12352 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12353
12354 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12355
12356 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12357 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12358 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12359
12360 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12361
12362 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12363 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12364 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12365
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367
12368 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12369 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12370
12371 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12372
12373 ;;;***
12374 \f
12375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21652
12376 ;;;;;; 2365 910127 752000))
12377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12378
12379 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12380 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12381
12382 \(fn)" t nil)
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12385 Install the registry hooks.
12386
12387 \(fn)" t nil)
12388
12389 ;;;***
12390 \f
12391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21607 54478
12392 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12394
12395 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12396 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12397 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12398 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12399 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12400 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12401
12402 \(fn)" t nil)
12403
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12405 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12406 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12407 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12408 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12409
12410 \(fn)" t nil)
12411
12412 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12413
12414
12415 \(fn)" t nil)
12416
12417 ;;;***
12418 \f
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21607 54478
12420 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12422
12423 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12424 Update the format specification near point.
12425
12426 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12427
12428 ;;;***
12429 \f
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21620 25920
12431 ;;;;;; 601566 783000))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12433
12434 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12435 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12436
12437 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12438
12439 ;;;***
12440 \f
12441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21623 2108 292281
12442 ;;;;;; 129000))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12444
12445 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12446 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12447 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12448
12449 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12450
12451 ;;;***
12452 \f
12453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21607 54478
12454 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12456
12457 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12458 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12459
12460 \(fn)" t nil)
12461
12462 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12463 Install the sync hooks.
12464
12465 \(fn)" t nil)
12466
12467 ;;;***
12468 \f
12469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21607 54478
12470 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12472
12473 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12474 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12475
12476 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12477
12478 ;;;***
12479 \f
12480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21638 55899 942254
12481 ;;;;;; 689000))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12483
12484 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12485 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12486 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12487 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12488 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12489 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12490
12491 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12492
12493 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12494
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21607 54478 800121
12498 ;;;;;; 42000))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12500
12501 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12502 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12503
12504 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12505 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12506 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12507
12508 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12509 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12510 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12511
12512 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12513 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12514
12515 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12516 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12517
12518 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12519
12520 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12521
12522 ;;;***
12523 \f
12524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21607 54478
12525 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12527
12528 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12529
12530 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12531 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12532 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12533 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12534 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12535
12536 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12537
12538 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12539 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12540 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12541 or to send e-mail.
12542 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12543 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12544
12545 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12546 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12547
12548 \(fn)" t nil)
12549 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12550
12551 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12552 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12554 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12555 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12556
12557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12558
12559 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12560 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12561
12562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12563
12564 ;;;***
12565 \f
12566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21607 54478
12567 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12569
12570 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12571 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12572 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12573
12574 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12575
12576 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12577 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12578
12579 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12580
12581 ;;;***
12582 \f
12583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21612 31801 50825
12584 ;;;;;; 711000))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12586
12587 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12588 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12589
12590 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12591
12592 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12593 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12594 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12595 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12596 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12597
12598 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12599 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12600 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12601
12602 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12603
12604 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12605 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12606 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12607 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12608 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12609
12610 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12611
12612 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12613 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12614
12615 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12616
12617 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12618 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12619
12620 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12621 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12622 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12623
12624 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12625 The default find program.
12626 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12627 and others.")
12628
12629 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12630 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12631 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12632 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12633
12634 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12635 How to invoke find and grep.
12636 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12637 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12638 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12639 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12640
12641 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12642
12643 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12644 History list for grep.")
12645
12646 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12647 History list for grep-find.")
12648
12649 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12650 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12651 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12652
12653 \(fn)" nil nil)
12654
12655 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12656
12657
12658 \(fn)" nil nil)
12659
12660 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12661 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12662
12663 \(fn)" nil nil)
12664
12665 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12666 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12667 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12668 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12669 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12670
12671 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12672 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12673
12674 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12675 can easily repeat a grep command.
12676
12677 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12678 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12679 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12680 list is empty).
12681
12682 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12683
12684 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12685 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12686 Collect output in a buffer.
12687 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12688 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12689
12690 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12691 easily repeat a find command.
12692
12693 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12694
12695 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12696
12697 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12698 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12699 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12700 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12701 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12702
12703 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12704 before it is executed.
12705 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12706
12707 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12708 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12709 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12710
12711 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12712
12713 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12714
12715 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12716 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12717 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12718 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12719 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12720
12721 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12722 before it is executed.
12723 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12724
12725 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12726 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12727 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12728 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12729
12730 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12731
12732 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12733 to specify a command to run.
12734
12735 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12736
12737 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12738 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12739 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12740 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12741
12742 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12743
12744 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12745
12746 ;;;***
12747 \f
12748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
12749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12750
12751 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12752 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12753 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12754 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12755 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12756
12757 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12758
12759 ;;;***
12760 \f
12761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21638 55899 942254
12762 ;;;;;; 689000))
12763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12764
12765 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12766 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12767 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12768 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12769
12770 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12773 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12774 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12775 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776
12777 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12780 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12781 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12782 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12783
12784 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12785
12786 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12787 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12788 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12789 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12790
12791 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12792 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12793
12794 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795
12796 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12797 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12798 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12799 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12800
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12802
12803 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12804 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12807
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12811 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12812 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12813 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12814
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12816
12817 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12818 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12819 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12820 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12821 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12822
12823 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12824 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12825 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12826 original source file access method.
12827
12828 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12829 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12830
12831 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12834 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12835
12836 \(fn)" t nil)
12837
12838 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12839 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12840 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12843 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12844
12845 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12846
12847 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12848 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12851 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12852
12853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12854
12855 ;;;***
12856 \f
12857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21607 54477 800124
12858 ;;;;;; 118000))
12859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12860
12861 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12862 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12863 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12864 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12865 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12866 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12867 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12868 set it to.
12869 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12870
12871 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12872
12873 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12874 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12875 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12876 of PLACE.
12877 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12878 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12879 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12880 and SETTER.
12881 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12882 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12883
12884 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12885
12886 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12887
12888 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12889 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12890 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12891 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12892 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12893
12894 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12895
12896 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12897
12898 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12899
12900
12901 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12902
12903 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12904
12905 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12906
12907 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12908 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12909 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12910 well for simple place forms.
12911 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12912 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12913 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12914 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12915 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12916 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12917 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12918
12919 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12920
12921 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12922
12923 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12924 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12925 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12926 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12927 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12928
12929 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12930 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12931 (let ((temp VAL))
12932 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12933 temp)
12934 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12935
12936 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12937
12938 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12939 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12940 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12941 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12942 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12943 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12944
12945 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12946
12947 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12948
12949 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12950 Return a reference to PLACE.
12951 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12952 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12953 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12954 binding mode.
12955
12956 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12957
12958 ;;;***
12959 \f
12960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21607 54478
12961 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
12962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12963
12964 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12965 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12966 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12967 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12968
12969 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12970 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12971 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12972 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12973
12974 \(fn)" t nil)
12975
12976 ;;;***
12977 \f
12978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21607 54478 800121
12979 ;;;;;; 42000))
12980 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12981
12982 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12983 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12984
12985 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12986
12987 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12988 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12989 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12990 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12991
12992 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12993
12994 \(fn)" t nil)
12995
12996 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12997 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12998 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12999 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13000 to be updated.
13001
13002 \(fn)" t nil)
13003
13004 ;;;***
13005 \f
13006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21607 54478
13007 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
13008 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13009
13010 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13011 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13012
13013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13014
13015 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13016 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13017 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13018
13019 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13022 Verify a hashcash payment
13023
13024 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13025
13026 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13027 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13028 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13029 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13030 `mail-add-payment-async').
13031
13032 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13033
13034 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13035 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13036 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13037 Calculation is asynchronous.
13038
13039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13040
13041 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13042 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13043 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13044
13045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13046
13047 ;;;***
13048 \f
13049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21607 54478 300138
13050 ;;;;;; 641000))
13051 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13052
13053 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Return the help-echo string at point.
13055 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13056 property, or nil, is returned.
13057 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13058 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13059 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13060
13061 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13062
13063 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13064 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13065 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13066 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13067 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13068
13069 \(fn)" nil nil)
13070
13071 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13072 Display local help in the echo area.
13073 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13074 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13075 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13076 printed instead.
13077
13078 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13079 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13080 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13081
13082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13083
13084 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13085 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13086 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13087
13088 \(fn)" t nil)
13089
13090 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13091 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13092 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13093
13094 \(fn)" t nil)
13095
13096 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13097 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13098 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13099 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13100 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13101 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13102 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13103 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13104 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13105 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13106 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13107
13108 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13109 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13110 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13111 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13112 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13113
13114 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13115 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13116 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13117 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13118 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13119 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13120 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13121 The default is `never'.")
13122
13123 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13124
13125 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13126 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13127 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13128 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13129 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13130 considered different regions.
13131
13132 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13133 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13134 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13135 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13136 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13137 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13138 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13139 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13140 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13141
13142 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13143
13144 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13145 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13146 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13147 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13148 different regions.
13149
13150 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13151 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13152 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13153 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13154 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13155 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13156 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13157 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13158
13159 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13160 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13161 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13162 rarely happens in practice.
13163
13164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13165
13166 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13167 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13168 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13169 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13170 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13171 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13172
13173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13174
13175 ;;;***
13176 \f
13177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21607 54478 300138
13178 ;;;;;; 641000))
13179 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13180
13181 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13182 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13183
13184 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13185
13186 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13187 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13188 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13189
13190 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13191
13192 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13193 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13194 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13195 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13196 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13197 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13198 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13199 search for a function definition.
13200
13201 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13202 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13203 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13204 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13205 suitable file is found, return nil.
13206
13207 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13208
13209 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13210
13211
13212 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13213
13214 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13215 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13216 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13217 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13218
13219 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13220
13221 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13222 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13223 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13224 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13225 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13226 it is displayed along with the global value.
13227
13228 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13229
13230 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13231 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13232 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13233 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13234
13235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13236
13237 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13238 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13239 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13240 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13241 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13242
13243 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13244
13245 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13246 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13247
13248 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13249
13250 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13251 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13252
13253 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13254
13255 ;;;***
13256 \f
13257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21607 54478 300138
13258 ;;;;;; 641000))
13259 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13260
13261 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13262 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13263 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13264 window listing and describing the options.
13265 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13266 gives the window that lists the options.")
13267
13268 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13269
13270 ;;;***
13271 \f
13272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21607 54478 300138
13273 ;;;;;; 641000))
13274 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13275
13276 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13277 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13278 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13279 Commands:
13280 \\{help-mode-map}
13281
13282 \(fn)" t nil)
13283
13284 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13285
13286
13287 \(fn)" nil nil)
13288
13289 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13290
13291
13292 \(fn)" nil nil)
13293
13294 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13295 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13296
13297 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13298 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13299 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13300 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13301
13302 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13303 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13304 restore it properly when going back.
13305
13306 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13309 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13310 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13311 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13312 from `help-mode'.
13313 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13314 it does not already exist.
13315
13316 \(fn)" nil nil)
13317
13318 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13319 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13320
13321 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13322 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13323 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13324 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13325 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13326 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13327 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13328 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13329
13330 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13331 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13332 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13333 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13334
13335 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13336 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13337 that.
13338
13339 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13340
13341 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13342 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13343 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13344 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13345 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13346 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13347
13348 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13349
13350 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13351 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13352 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13353 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13354 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13355
13356 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13357
13358 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13359 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13360
13361 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13362
13363 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13364 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13365 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13366 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13367
13368 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13369
13370 ;;;***
13371 \f
13372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21607 54477
13373 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
13374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13375
13376 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13377 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13378
13379 \(fn)" t nil)
13380
13381 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13382 Provide help for current mode.
13383
13384 \(fn)" t nil)
13385
13386 ;;;***
13387 \f
13388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
13389 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13390
13391 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13392 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13393 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13394 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13395 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13396
13397 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13398 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13399
13400 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13401 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13402 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13403 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13404
13405 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13406 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13407 periods.
13408
13409 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13410 in hexl format.
13411
13412 A sample format:
13413
13414 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13415 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13416 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13417 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13418 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13419 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13420 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13421 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13422 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13423 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13424 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13425 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13426 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13427 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13428 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13429
13430 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13431 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13432 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13433
13434 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13435 also supported.
13436
13437 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13438
13439 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13440 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13441 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13442
13443 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13444 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13445 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13446
13447 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13448 into the buffer at the current point.
13449
13450 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13451 into the buffer at the current point.
13452
13453 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13454 into the buffer at the current point.
13455
13456 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13457
13458 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13459 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13460
13461 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13462
13463 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13464
13465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13466
13467 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13468 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13469 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13470 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13471
13472 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13473
13474 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13475 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13476 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13477
13478 \(fn)" t nil)
13479
13480 ;;;***
13481 \f
13482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21607 54478 300138
13483 ;;;;;; 641000))
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13485
13486 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13487 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13489 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13490 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13491
13492 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13493 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13494 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13495 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13496
13497 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13498 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13499 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13500 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13501
13502 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13503 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13504 which can be called interactively, are:
13505
13506 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13507 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13508
13509 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13510 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13511 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13512 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13513
13514 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13515 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13516
13517 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13518 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13519 available face automatically.
13520
13521 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13522 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13523
13524 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13525 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13526 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13527 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13528 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13529 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13530 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13531 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13532 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13533 function returns t.
13534
13535 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13536 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13537
13538 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13539 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13540 form:
13541 Hi-lock: FOO
13542
13543 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13544 position (number of characters into buffer)
13545 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13546 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13547 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13548
13549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13550
13551 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13552 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13553 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13556 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13557
13558 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13559
13560 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13561 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13562 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13563 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13564 ARG is omitted or nil.
13565
13566 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13567 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13568 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13569
13570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13571
13572 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13573
13574 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13575 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13576 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13577 Use the global history list for FACE.
13578
13579 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13580 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13581 highlighting will not update as you type.
13582
13583 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13584
13585 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13586
13587 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13588 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13589 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13590 Use the global history list for FACE.
13591
13592 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13593 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13594 highlighting will not update as you type.
13595
13596 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13597
13598 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13599
13600 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13601 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13602 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13603 Use the global history list for FACE.
13604
13605 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13606 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13607 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13608
13609 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13610 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13611 highlighting will not update as you type.
13612
13613 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13614
13615 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13616
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13618 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13619 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13620 unless you use a prefix argument.
13621 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13622
13623 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13624 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13625
13626 \(fn)" t nil)
13627
13628 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13629
13630 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13631 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13632 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13633 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13634 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13635 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13636
13637 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13638
13639 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13640 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13641
13642 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13643 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13644 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13645
13646 \(fn)" t nil)
13647
13648 ;;;***
13649 \f
13650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21607 54478
13651 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
13652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13653
13654 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13655 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13656 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13657 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13658 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13659
13660 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13661 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13662 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13663 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13664
13665 `hide-ifdef-env'
13666 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13667 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13668 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13669 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13670 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13671 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13672 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13673
13674 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13675 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13676 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13677 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13678 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13679
13680 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13681 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13682 #endif lines when hiding.
13683
13684 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13685 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13686 is activated.
13687
13688 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13689 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13690 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13691
13692 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13693
13694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13695
13696 ;;;***
13697 \f
13698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21607 54478
13699 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
13700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13701
13702 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13703 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13704 Each element has the form
13705 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13706
13707 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13708 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13709
13710 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13711 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13712
13713 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13714 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13715 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13716 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13717 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13718 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13719
13720 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13721 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13722
13723 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13724 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13725
13726 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13727 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13728 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13729
13730 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13731 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13733 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13734 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13735
13736 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13737 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13738 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13739
13740 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13741 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13742 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13743
13744 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13745 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13746
13747 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13748
13749 Key bindings:
13750 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13751
13752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13753
13754 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13755 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13756
13757 \(fn)" nil nil)
13758
13759 ;;;***
13760 \f
13761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21607 54478 300138
13762 ;;;;;; 641000))
13763 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13764
13765 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13766 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13768 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13769 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13770
13771 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13772 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13773 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13774 this on and off.
13775
13776 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13777 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13778 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13779 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13780 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13781 through various faces.
13782 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13783 buffer with the contents of a file
13784 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13785
13786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13787
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13791 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13792 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13793
13794 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13795 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13796 in a distinctive face.
13797
13798 The default value can be customized with variable
13799 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13800
13801 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13802
13803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13804
13805 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13806 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13807 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13808
13809 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13810
13811 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13812 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13813
13814 \(fn)" t nil)
13815
13816 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13817 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13818
13819 \(fn)" t nil)
13820
13821 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13823
13824 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13825 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13826 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13827 shown in the last face in the list.
13828
13829 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13830 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13831 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13832
13833 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13834
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13839
13840 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13841
13842 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13843 to save the file.
13844
13845 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13846 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13847
13848 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13849 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13850 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13851
13852 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13853
13854 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13855 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13856
13857 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13858 this function is called interactively.
13859
13860 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13861 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13862 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13863
13864 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13865 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13866 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13867
13868 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13869
13870 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13871 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13872 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13875 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13876
13877 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13878
13879 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13880 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13881 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13882 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13883 ARG is omitted or nil.
13884
13885 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13886 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13887 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13888
13889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13890
13891 ;;;***
13892 \f
13893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21607 54478 300138
13894 ;;;;;; 641000))
13895 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13896 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13897
13898 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13899 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13900 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13901 or insert functions in this list.")
13902
13903 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13904
13905 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13906 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13907 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13908 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13909 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13910 expansions.
13911 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13912 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13913 undoes the expansion.
13914
13915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13916
13917 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13918 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13919 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13920 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13921
13922 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13923
13924 ;;;***
13925 \f
13926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21607 54478 300138
13927 ;;;;;; 641000))
13928 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13929
13930 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13931 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13932 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13933 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13934 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13935
13936 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13937 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13938 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13939 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13940 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13941 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13942
13943 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13944 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13945 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13946 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13947
13948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13949
13950 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13951 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13952 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13955 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13956
13957 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13958
13959 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13960 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13963 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13964
13965 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13966 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13967 windows.
13968
13969 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13970 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13971
13972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13973
13974 ;;;***
13975 \f
13976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21607 54477
13977 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
13978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13979
13980 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13981 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13982 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13983
13984 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13985
13986 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13987
13988 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13989 Oriental holidays.
13990 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13991
13992 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13993
13994 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13995
13996 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13997 Local holidays.
13998 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13999
14000 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14001
14002 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14003
14004 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14005 User defined holidays.
14006 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14007
14008 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14009
14010 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14011
14012 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14013 Jewish holidays.
14014 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14015
14016 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14017
14018 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14019
14020 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14021 Christian holidays.
14022 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14023
14024 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14025
14026 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14027
14028 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14029 Islamic holidays.
14030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14031
14032 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14033
14034 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14035
14036 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14037 Bahá'í holidays.
14038 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14039
14040 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14041
14042 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14043
14044 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14045 Sun-related holidays.
14046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14047
14048 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14049
14050 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14051
14052 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14053
14054 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14055 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14056 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14057 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14058
14059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14062 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14063 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14064 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14065 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14066
14067 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14068 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14069
14070 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14071 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14072
14073 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14074 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14075 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14076 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14077 of a holiday list.
14078
14079 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14080
14081 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14082
14083 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14084
14085 ;;;***
14086 \f
14087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21607 54478
14088 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
14089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14090
14091 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14092 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14093
14094 \(fn)" t nil)
14095
14096 ;;;***
14097 \f
14098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21607 54478
14099 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
14100 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14101 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14102
14103 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14104 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14105 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14106 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14107 as possible.
14108
14109 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14110 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14111 fontified display.
14112
14113 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14114 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14115
14116 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14117 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14118 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14119
14120 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14121
14122 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14123 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14124 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14125
14126 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14127
14128 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14129
14130 ;;;***
14131 \f
14132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21607 54478 300138
14133 ;;;;;; 641000))
14134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14135
14136 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14137 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14138
14139 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14140 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14141 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14142
14143 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14144 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14145 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14146 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14147 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14148 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14149
14150 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14151 title of the column.
14152
14153 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14154 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14155 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14156 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14157 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14158
14159 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14160
14161 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14162
14163 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14164 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14165 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14166 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14167 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14168
14169 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14170 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14171 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14172
14173 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14174
14175 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14176
14177 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14178
14179 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14180 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14181 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14182 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14183 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14184 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14185
14186 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14187 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14188 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14189 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14190 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14191 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14192 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14193 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14194 values are:
14195 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14196 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14197 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14198 buffer's modification flag.
14199 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14200 prompted before performing this operation.
14201 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14202 operation is complete, in the form:
14203 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14204 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14205 confirmation message, in the form:
14206 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14207 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14208 macro for exactly what it does.
14209
14210 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14211
14212 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14213
14214 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14215
14216 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14217 Define a filter named NAME.
14218 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14219 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14220 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14221
14222 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14223 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14224 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14225 bound to the current value of the filter.
14226
14227 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14228
14229 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14230
14231 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14232
14233 ;;;***
14234 \f
14235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21607 54478 300138
14236 ;;;;;; 641000))
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14238
14239 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14240 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14241 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14242 buffers which are visiting a file.
14243
14244 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14245
14246 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14247 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14248 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14249 buffers which are visiting a file.
14250
14251 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14252
14253 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14254 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14255 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14256
14257 All arguments are optional.
14258 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14259 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14260 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14261 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14262 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14263 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14264 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14265 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14266 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14267 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14268 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14269 that value locally in this buffer.
14270
14271 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14272
14273 ;;;***
14274 \f
14275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21611
14276 ;;;;;; 10937 700236 3000))
14277 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14278 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14279
14280 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14281 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14282 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14283 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14284
14285 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14286
14287 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14288 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14289 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14290 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14291 ICAL-FILENAME.
14292 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14293 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14294 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14295
14296 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14297
14298 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14299 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14300 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14301 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14302 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14303 non-marking or not.
14304
14305 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14306
14307 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14308 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14309
14310 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14311 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14312 DIARY-FILE.
14313
14314 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14315 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14316 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14317
14318 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14319 non-marking.
14320
14321 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14322 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14323 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14324
14325 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14326
14327 ;;;***
14328 \f
14329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21607 54478 300138
14330 ;;;;;; 641000))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14332
14333 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14334 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14335 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14336 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14337 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14338 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14339
14340 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14341
14342 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14343 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14344 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14345 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14346 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14347
14348 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14349 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14350 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14351 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14352
14353 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14354 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14355
14356 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14357 completions:
14358
14359 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14360
14361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14362 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14363 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14364 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14365 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14366
14367 ;;;***
14368 \f
14369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21607 54478 800121
14370 ;;;;;; 42000))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14372
14373 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14374 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14375 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14376 Tab indents for Icon code.
14377 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14378 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14379 \\{icon-mode-map}
14380 Variables controlling indentation style:
14381 icon-tab-always-indent
14382 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14383 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14384 icon-auto-newline
14385 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14386 inserted in Icon code.
14387 icon-indent-level
14388 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14389 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14390 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14391 icon-continued-statement-offset
14392 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14393 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14394 icon-continued-brace-offset
14395 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14396 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14397 icon-brace-offset
14398 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14399 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14400 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14401 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14402
14403 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14404 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14405
14406 \(fn)" t nil)
14407
14408 ;;;***
14409 \f
14410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21607
14411 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14413
14414 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14415 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14416 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14417 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14418
14419 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14420 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14421 separate frames.
14422
14423 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14424 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14425
14426 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14427 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14428 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14429
14430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14431
14432 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14433
14434 ;;;***
14435 \f
14436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21645 29117
14437 ;;;;;; 170137 362000))
14438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14439 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14440
14441 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14442 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14443
14444 The main features of this mode are
14445
14446 1. Indentation and Formatting
14447 --------------------------
14448 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14449 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14450
14451 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14452 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14453 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14454 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14455
14456 Comments are indented as follows:
14457
14458 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14459 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14460 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14461
14462 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14463
14464 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14465 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14466 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14467 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14468 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14469 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14470
14471 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14472 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14473 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14474 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14475
14476 2. Routine Info
14477 ------------
14478 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14479 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14480 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14481 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14482 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14483 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14484 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14485 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14486 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14487 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14488
14489 3. Online IDL Help
14490 ---------------
14491
14492 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14493 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14494 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14495 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14496
14497 4. Completion
14498 ----------
14499 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14500 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14501 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14502 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14503 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14504 upper case.
14505
14506 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14507 --------------------------------
14508 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14509 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14510
14511 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14512 \\fu FUNCTION template
14513 \\c CASE statement template
14514 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14515 \\f FOR loop template
14516 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14517 \\w WHILE loop template
14518 \\i IF statement template
14519 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14520 \\b BEGIN
14521
14522 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14523 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14524
14525 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14526 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14527 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14528 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14529
14530 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14531 -------------------------
14532 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14533 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14534
14535 7. Automatic END completion
14536 ------------------------
14537 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14538 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14539
14540 8. Hooks
14541 -----
14542 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14543 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14544
14545 9. Documentation and Customization
14546 -------------------------------
14547 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14548 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14549 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14550 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14551 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14552 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14553
14554 10.Keybindings
14555 -----------
14556 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14557 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14558 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14559
14560 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14561
14562 \(fn)" t nil)
14563
14564 ;;;***
14565 \f
14566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21612 31801 50825 711000))
14567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14568
14569 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14570 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14571 The following values are possible:
14572 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14573 displaying...)
14574 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14575 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14576 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14577
14578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14579 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14580
14581 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14582
14583 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14584 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14585 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14586 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14587 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14588 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14589 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14590 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14591 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14592
14593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14594
14595 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14596 Switch to another buffer.
14597 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14598 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14599 in another frame.
14600
14601 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14602 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14603 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14604 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14605 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14606
14607 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14608 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14609
14610 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14611
14612 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14613 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14614 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14615 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14616 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14617 in a separate window.
14618 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14619 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14620 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14621 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14622 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14623 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14624 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14625 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14626 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14627
14628 \(fn)" t nil)
14629
14630 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14631 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14632 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14633 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14634
14635 \(fn)" t nil)
14636
14637 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14638 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14639 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14640 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14641
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14643
14644 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14645 Kill a buffer.
14646 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14647 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14648
14649 \(fn)" t nil)
14650
14651 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14652 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14653 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14654 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14655
14656 \(fn)" t nil)
14657
14658 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14659 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14660 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14661 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14662
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14664
14665 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14666 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14667
14668 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14669
14670 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14671 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14672 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14673 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14674 in another frame.
14675
14676 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14677 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14678 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14679 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14680 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14681 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14682
14683 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14684 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14685
14686 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14687
14688 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14689 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14690 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14691 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14692 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14693 in a separate window.
14694 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14695 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14696 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14697 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14698 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14699 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14700 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14701 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14702 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14703 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14704 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14705 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14706 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14707 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14708 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14709 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14710 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14711 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14712
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14716 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14723 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14724 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14726
14727 \(fn)" t nil)
14728
14729 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14730 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14731 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14733
14734 \(fn)" t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14737 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14740
14741 \(fn)" t nil)
14742
14743 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14744 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14747
14748 \(fn)" t nil)
14749
14750 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14751 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14754
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14756
14757 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14763
14764 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14765 Write current buffer to a file.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14770
14771 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14772 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14779 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14780 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14782
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14784
14785 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14786 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14787 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14788 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14789 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14790 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14791
14792 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14793
14794 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14795 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14796 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14797 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14798
14799 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14800
14801 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14802 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14803 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14804 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14805
14806 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14807
14808 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14809 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14810 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14811 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14812 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14813 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14814 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14815 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14816 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14817 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14818 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14819 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14820 with point positioned at the end.
14821 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14822 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14823
14824 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14825
14826 ;;;***
14827 \f
14828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14830
14831 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14832 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14833 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14834 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14835
14836 \(fn)" t nil)
14837
14838 ;;;***
14839 \f
14840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14842
14843 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14844
14845 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14846 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14847 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14848 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14849 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14850 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14851
14852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14853
14854 ;;;***
14855 \f
14856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
14857 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14858
14859 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14860 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14861 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14862 be determined.
14863
14864 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14865
14866 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14867 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14868 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14869 be determined.
14870
14871 \(fn)" nil nil)
14872
14873 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14874 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14875 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14876 be determined.
14877
14878 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14879
14880 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14881 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14882 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14883 be determined.
14884
14885 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14886
14887 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14888 Determine and return image type.
14889 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14890 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14891 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14892 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14893 use its file extension as image type.
14894 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14895
14896 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14897
14898 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14899 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14900 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14901
14902 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14903
14904 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14905 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14906 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14907
14908 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14909 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14910 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14911 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14912 must be available.
14913
14914 \(fn)" nil nil)
14915
14916 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14917 Create an image.
14918 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14919 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14920 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14921 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14922 use its file extension as image type.
14923 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14924 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14925 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14926 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14927
14928 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14929
14930 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14931 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14932 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14933
14934 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14935
14936 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14937 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14938 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14939 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14940 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14941 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14942 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14943 POS may be an integer or marker.
14944 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14945 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14946 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14947 means display it in the right marginal area.
14948
14949 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14952 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14953 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14954 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14955 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14956 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14957 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14958 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14959 means display it in the right marginal area.
14960 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14961 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14962 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14963 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14964 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14965
14966 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14967
14968 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14969 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14970 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14971 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14972 STRING is a single space.
14973 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14974 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14975 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14976 means display it in the right marginal area.
14977 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14978
14979 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14982 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14983 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14984 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14985
14986 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14987
14988 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14989 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14990
14991 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14992
14993 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14994 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14995 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14996 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14997 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14998 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14999 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15000 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15001 satisfied.
15002
15003 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15004
15005 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15006
15007 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15008
15009 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15010 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15011
15012 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15013 documentation string.
15014
15015 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15016 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15017 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15018 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15019 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15020 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15021 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15022 define SYMBOL.
15023
15024 Example:
15025
15026 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15027 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15028
15029 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15030
15031 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15032
15033 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15034 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15035 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15036 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15037
15038 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15039 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15040 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15041 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15042
15043 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15044
15045 \(fn)" nil nil)
15046
15047 ;;;***
15048 \f
15049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21607 54478
15050 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
15051 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15052 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15053
15054 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15055 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15056 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15057 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15058 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15059 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15060
15061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15062
15063 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15064 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15065
15066 Convenience command that:
15067
15068 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15069 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15070 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15071
15072 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15073 image files in dired and type
15074 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15075
15076 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15077
15078 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15079 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15080
15081 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15082
15083 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15084 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15085 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15086 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15087 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15088 another one).
15089
15090 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15091 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15092 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15093
15094 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15095 instead of erasing it first.
15096
15097 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15098 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15099 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15100 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15101 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15102 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15103
15104 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15105
15106 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15107 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15108 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15109 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15110 displayed.
15111
15112 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15113
15114 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15115
15116 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15117
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15119 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15120
15121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15122
15123 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15124 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15125 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15126
15127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15128
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15130 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15131
15132 \(fn)" t nil)
15133
15134 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15135 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15136 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15137 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15138
15139 \(fn)" t nil)
15140
15141 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15142 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15143
15144 \(fn)" t nil)
15145
15146 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15147 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15148
15149 \(fn)" t nil)
15150
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15152 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15153
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15155
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15157 Display current image file.
15158 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15159 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15160
15161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15162
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15164 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15165
15166 \(fn)" t nil)
15167
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15169 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15170 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15171 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15172 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15173 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15174 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15175
15176 \(fn)" t nil)
15177
15178 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15179 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15180 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15181 easy-to-use form.
15182
15183 \(fn)" t nil)
15184
15185 ;;;***
15186 \f
15187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21607 54478 300138
15188 ;;;;;; 641000))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15190
15191 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15192 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15193 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15194 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15195
15196 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15197 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15198 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15199 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15200
15201 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15202
15203 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15204 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15205 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15206 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15207
15208 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15209 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15210 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15211 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15212
15213 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15214
15215 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15216 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15217
15218 \(fn)" nil nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15221 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15222 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15223 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15224
15225 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15226
15227 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15228 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15229 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15232 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15233
15234 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15235
15236 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15237 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15241
15242 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15243 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15244 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15245
15246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15247
15248 ;;;***
15249 \f
15250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21607 54478 300138
15251 ;;;;;; 641000))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15253
15254 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15255 Major mode for image files.
15256 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15257 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15258
15259 Key bindings:
15260 \\{image-mode-map}
15261
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15263
15264 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15265 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15266 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15267 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15268 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15269
15270 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15271 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15272 actual image.
15273
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15275
15276 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15277 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15278 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15279 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15280 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15281 to display an image file as the actual image.
15282
15283 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15284 to display an image file as text initially.
15285
15286 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15287 on these modes.
15288
15289 \(fn)" t nil)
15290
15291 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15292
15293
15294 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15295
15296 ;;;***
15297 \f
15298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
15299 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15300
15301 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15302 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15303
15304 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15305
15306 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15307 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15308 in the buffer.
15309
15310 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15311
15312 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15313 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15314 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15315
15316 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15317
15318 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15319 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15320 Each element of this list should have the form
15321
15322 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15323
15324 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15325 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15326 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15327 matches are put).
15328 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15329 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15330 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15331 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15332 another element.
15333 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15334 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15335 the menu item.
15336 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15337 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15338 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15339 the ARGUMENTS.
15340
15341 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15342 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15343 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15344
15345 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15346 create a buffer index.
15347
15348 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15349 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15350 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15351 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15352 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15353
15354 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15355
15356 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15357 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15358
15359 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15360 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15361 called within a `save-excursion'.
15362
15363 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15364
15365 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15366
15367 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15368 Function for finding the next index position.
15369
15370 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15371 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15372 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15373 file.
15374
15375 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15376 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15377
15378 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15379
15380 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15381 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15382
15383 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15384 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15385 It should return the name for that index item.")
15386
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15388
15389 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15390 Function to compare string with index item.
15391
15392 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15393 non-nil if they match.
15394
15395 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15396 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15397 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15398 arguments match\".")
15399
15400 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15401
15402 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15403 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15404 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15405
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15407 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15408
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15410
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15412
15413 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15414 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15415 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15416 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15417
15418 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15419
15420 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15421 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15422
15423 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15424
15425 \(fn)" t nil)
15426
15427 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15428 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15429 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15430 for more information.
15431
15432 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15433
15434 ;;;***
15435 \f
15436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21607 54478
15437 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
15438 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15439
15440 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15441 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15442
15443 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15444
15445 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15446
15447
15448 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15449
15450 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15451
15452
15453 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15454
15455 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15456
15457
15458 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15459
15460 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15461 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15462
15463 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15464
15465 ;;;***
15466 \f
15467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21607 54478
15468 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
15469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15470
15471 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15472 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15473 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15474 to that buffer.
15475 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15476 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15477 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15478 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15479
15480 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15481
15482 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15483
15484 ;;;***
15485 \f
15486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21669 11452 35624 425000))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15488
15489 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15490 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15491 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15492 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15493 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15494 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15495 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15496 first in this list.
15497
15498 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15499 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15500 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15501 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15502 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15503
15504 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15505 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15506 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15507
15508 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15509 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15510
15511 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15512 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15513
15514 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15515 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15516 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15517 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15518 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15519 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15520 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15521 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15522 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15523 with the top-level Info directory.
15524
15525 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15526 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15527
15528 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15529
15530 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15531 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15532 in all the directories in that path.
15533
15534 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15535
15536 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15537
15538 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15539 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15540
15541 \(fn)" t nil)
15542
15543 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15544 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15545
15546 \(fn)" t nil)
15547
15548 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15549 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15550 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15551 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15552
15553 \(fn)" nil nil)
15554
15555 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15556 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15557 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15558 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15559
15560 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15561
15562 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15563 Go to the Info directory node.
15564
15565 \(fn)" t nil)
15566
15567 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15568 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15569 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15570 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15571 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15572 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15573
15574 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15575
15576 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15577 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15578 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15579
15580 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15581
15582 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15583 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15584 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15585 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15586 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15587
15588 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15591 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15592 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15593 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15594 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15595
15596 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15597 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15598
15599 Selecting other nodes:
15600 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15601 Follow a node reference you click on.
15602 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15603 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15604 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15605 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15606 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15607 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15608 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15609 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15610 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15611 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15612 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15613 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15614 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15615 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15616 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15617 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15618 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15619 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15620 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15621 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15622
15623 Moving within a node:
15624 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15625 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15626 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15627 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15628 move up to the parent node.
15629 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15630 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15631 if there is none.
15632 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15633
15634 Advanced commands:
15635 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15636 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15637 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15638 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15639 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15640 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15641 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15642 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15643 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15644 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15645 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15646 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15647 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15648 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15649 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15650 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15651
15652 \(fn)" t nil)
15653 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15654
15655 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15656 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15657 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15658 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15659 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15660 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15661
15662 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15663 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15664
15665 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15666 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15667 KEY is a string.
15668 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15669 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15670 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15671 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15672
15673 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15674
15675 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15676 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15677 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15678
15679 \(fn)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15682 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15683 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15684
15685 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15686
15687 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15688 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15689 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15690 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15691 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15692 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15693
15694 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15695
15696 ;;;***
15697 \f
15698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21607 54478 300138
15699 ;;;;;; 641000))
15700 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15701
15702 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15703 Throw away all cached data.
15704 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15705 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15706 system.
15707
15708 \(fn)" t nil)
15709 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15710
15711 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15712 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15713 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15714 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15715 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15716 one found at point.
15717
15718 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15719
15720 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15721 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15722
15723 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15724 Display the documentation of a file.
15725 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15726 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15727 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15728 The default file name is the one found at point.
15729
15730 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15731
15732 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15733
15734 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15735 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15736
15737 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15738
15739 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15740 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15741
15742 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15743
15744 ;;;***
15745 \f
15746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21607 54478 300138
15747 ;;;;;; 641000))
15748 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15749 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15750
15751 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15752 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15753 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15754 current info file is the default.
15755
15756 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15757 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15758 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15759 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15760 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15761
15762 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15763 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15764 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15765 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15766 mistake in the reference.
15767
15768 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15769 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15770 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15771
15772 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15773 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15774 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15775 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15776
15777 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15778
15779 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15780 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15781 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15782 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15783 checked.
15784
15785 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15786 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15787 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15788 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15789 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15790 should be harmless.
15791
15792 \(fn)" t nil)
15793
15794 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15795 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15796 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15797 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15798
15799 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15800 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15801 and can take a long time.
15802
15803 \(fn)" t nil)
15804
15805 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15806 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15807 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15808
15809 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15810
15811 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15812 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15813
15814 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15815 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15816 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15817 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15818 all builtins).
15819
15820 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15821 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15822 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15823 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15824 the sources handy.
15825
15826 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15827
15828 ;;;***
15829 \f
15830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21607 54478 300138
15831 ;;;;;; 641000))
15832 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15833
15834 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15835 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15836
15837 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15838
15839 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15840 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15841
15842 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15843
15844 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15845 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15846 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15847 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15848
15849 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15850 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15851 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15852
15853 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15854 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15855 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15856 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15857
15858 \(fn)" t nil)
15859
15860 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15861 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15862 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15863
15864 \(fn)" t nil)
15865
15866 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15867 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15868 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15869 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15870 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15871
15872 \(fn)" nil nil)
15873
15874 ;;;***
15875 \f
15876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21632 17083
15877 ;;;;;; 200835 890000))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15879
15880 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15881
15882
15883 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15884
15885 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15886
15887 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15888
15889 ;;;***
15890 \f
15891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21607 54477
15892 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
15893 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15894 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15895
15896 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15897 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15898 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15899
15900 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15901
15902 ;;;***
15903 \f
15904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21607
15905 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15907
15908 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15909 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15910
15911 \(fn)" t nil)
15912
15913 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15914 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15915
15916 \(fn)" t nil)
15917
15918 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15919
15920
15921 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15922
15923 ;;;***
15924 \f
15925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21607 54478 300138
15926 ;;;;;; 641000))
15927 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15928 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15929
15930 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15931 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15932 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15933 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15934 accessed via isearchb.
15935
15936 \(fn)" t nil)
15937
15938 ;;;***
15939 \f
15940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21607
15941 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
15942 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15943
15944 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15945 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15946 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15947 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15948 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15949
15950 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15951
15952 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15953 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15954 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15955 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15957
15958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15962 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15963 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965
15966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967
15968 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15970 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15971 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973
15974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975
15976 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15977 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15978 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15979 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981
15982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15987 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15989
15990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15991
15992 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15993 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15994 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15995 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15997
15998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15999
16000 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16001 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16002 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16003 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16004
16005 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16006
16007 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16008 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16009 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16011
16012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16013
16014 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Warn that format is read-only.
16016
16017 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16018
16019 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Warn that format is write-only.
16021
16022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16023
16024 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16026
16027 \(fn)" t nil)
16028
16029 ;;;***
16030 \f
16031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16032 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16034 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16035 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16036
16037 ;;;***
16038 \f
16039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21653 23227
16040 ;;;;;; 760147 961000))
16041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16042
16043 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16044
16045 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16046 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16047 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16048 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16049 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16050
16051 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16052
16053 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16054
16055 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16056 Key map for ispell menu.")
16057
16058 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16059 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16060 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16061 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16062
16063 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16064
16065 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16066
16067 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16068
16069 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16070
16071 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16072 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16073 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16074 Valid forms include:
16075 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16076 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16077 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16078 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16079
16080 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16081 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16082 First list is used raw.
16083 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16084
16085 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16086 for skipping in latex mode.")
16087
16088 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16089 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16090 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16091 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16092 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16093 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16094 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16095
16096 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16097 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16098 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16099 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16100
16101 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16102 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16103 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16104 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16105 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16106
16107 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16108 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16109
16110 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16111 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16112
16113 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16114 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16115
16116 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16117 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16118
16119 Return values:
16120 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16121 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16122 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16123 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16124 quit spell session exited.
16125
16126 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16127
16128 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16129 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16130 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16131
16132 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16135 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16136
16137 Selections are:
16138
16139 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16140 SPC: Accept word this time.
16141 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16142 `a': Accept word for this session.
16143 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16144 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16145 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16146 `?': Show these commands.
16147 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16148 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16149 the aborted check to be completed later.
16150 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16151 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16152 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16153 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16154 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16155 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16156 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16157
16158 \(fn)" nil nil)
16159
16160 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16161 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16162 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16163 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16164
16165 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16166
16167 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16168 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16169 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16170 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16171
16172 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16173
16174 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16175
16176 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16177 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16178 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16179 amount for last line processed.
16180
16181 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16182
16183 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16184 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16185
16186 \(fn)" t nil)
16187
16188 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16189 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16190
16191 \(fn)" t nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16194 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16195 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16196
16197 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16198
16199 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16200 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16201
16202 \(fn)" t nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16205 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16206 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16207 sequence inside of a word.
16208
16209 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16210
16211 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16212
16213 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16214 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16215
16216 \(fn)" t nil)
16217
16218 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16219 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16220 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16221 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16222
16223 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16224 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16225 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16226 available on the net.
16227
16228 \(fn)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16231 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16232 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16233 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16234 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16235
16236 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16237 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16238 spelled.
16239
16240 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16241 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16242 SPC.
16243
16244 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16245 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16246
16247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16248
16249 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16250 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16251 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16252 Don't check included messages.
16253
16254 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16255 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16256 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16257
16258 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16259 in your init file:
16260 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16261 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16262 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16263 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16264
16265 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16266 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16267 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16268
16269 \(fn)" t nil)
16270
16271 ;;;***
16272 \f
16273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21607
16274 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16275 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16276
16277 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16278
16279
16280 \(fn)" nil nil)
16281
16282 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16283 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16284 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16285 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16286 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16287 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16288 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16289 necessary to represent OBJ.
16290
16291 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16292
16293 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16294 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16295 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16296 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16297
16298 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16299
16300 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16301 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16302 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16303 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16304 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16305
16306 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16307
16308 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16309 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16310 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16311 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16312
16313 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16314
16315 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16316 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16317 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16318 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16319
16320 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16321
16322 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16323 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16324
16325 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16326
16327 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16328 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16329 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16330 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16331 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16332
16333 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16334
16335 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16336 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16337 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16338 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16339 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16340
16341 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16342
16343 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16344 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16345 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16346
16347 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16348
16349 ;;;***
16350 \f
16351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21607 54478 300138
16352 ;;;;;; 641000))
16353 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16354
16355 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16356 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16357 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16358 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16359
16360 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16361
16362
16363 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16366 Uninstall jka-compr.
16367 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16368 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16369 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16370
16371 \(fn)" nil nil)
16372
16373 ;;;***
16374 \f
16375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21663 59071 96337 184000))
16376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16377 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16378
16379 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16380 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16381
16382 \(fn)" t nil)
16383 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16384
16385 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16386
16387 ;;;***
16388 \f
16389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16390 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16391 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16392
16393 ;;;***
16394 \f
16395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21607 54477
16396 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16398
16399 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16400 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16401 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16402 decimal key must be specified.")
16403
16404 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16405
16406 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16407 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16408 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16409 decimal key must be specified.")
16410
16411 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16412
16413 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16414 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16415 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16416 decimal key must be specified.")
16417
16418 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16419
16420 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16421 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16422 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16423 decimal key must be specified.")
16424
16425 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16426
16427 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16428 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16429 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16430 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16431 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16432 keys are bound.
16433
16434 Setup Binding
16435 -------------------------------------------------------------
16436 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16437 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16438 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16439 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16440 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16441 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16442 in the global and local keymaps.
16443
16444 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16445 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16446
16447 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16448
16449 ;;;***
16450 \f
16451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21607
16452 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16454
16455 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16456 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16457 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16458
16459 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16460 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16461 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16462 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16463 shorter.
16464
16465 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16466 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16467 the context of text formatting.
16468
16469 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16470
16471 ;;;***
16472 \f
16473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21607 54478 300138
16474 ;;;;;; 641000))
16475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16476
16477 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16478 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16479 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16480 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16481 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16482 positions that contains the current selection.")
16483
16484 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16485 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16486 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16487 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16488 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16489 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16490 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16491
16492 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16493
16494 ;;;***
16495 \f
16496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16497 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16498 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16499 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16500 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16501 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16502 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16503 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16504 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16505
16506 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16507 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16508 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16509
16510 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16511
16512 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16513 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16514 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16515 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16516 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16517
16518 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16519
16520 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16521 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16522 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16523
16524 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16525 defining the macro.
16526
16527 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16528 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16529 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16530
16531 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16532 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16533
16534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16535
16536 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16537 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16538 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16539 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16540 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16541 under that name.
16542
16543 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16544 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16545 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16546
16547 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16548
16549 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16550 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16551 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16552 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16553
16554 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16555 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16556 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16557 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16558
16559 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16560 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16561
16562 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16563
16564 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16565 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16566 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16567
16568 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16569 macro.
16570
16571 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16572 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16573
16574 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16575 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16576 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16577
16578 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16579 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16580
16581 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16582
16583 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16584 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16585 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16586 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16587
16588 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16589
16590 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16591 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16592 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16593 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16594
16595 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16596 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16597
16598 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16599
16600 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16601 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16602 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16603
16604 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16605
16606 ;;;***
16607 \f
16608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21607
16609 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16610 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16611
16612 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16613 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16614 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16615
16616 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16617
16618
16619 \(fn)" nil nil)
16620
16621 ;;;***
16622 \f
16623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21607 54478
16624 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16626 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16627
16628 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16629
16630 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16631 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16632
16633 \(fn)" t nil)
16634
16635 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16636 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16637 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16638 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16639
16640 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16641 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16642 none / 1 | yes | no
16643 2 | yes | yes
16644 3 | no | yes
16645 4 | no | no
16646
16647 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16648 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16649 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16650
16651 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16652
16653 ;;;***
16654 \f
16655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21607 54478
16656 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16658
16659 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16660
16661
16662 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16663
16664 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16665 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16666 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16667 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16668 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16669 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16670
16671 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16672 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16673
16674 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16675
16676 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16677 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16678
16679 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16680
16681 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16682
16683
16684 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16685
16686 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16687
16688
16689 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16690
16691 ;;;***
16692 \f
16693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21607
16694 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16696
16697 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16698 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16699 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16700 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16701
16702 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16703
16704 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16705 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16706 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16707
16708 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16709
16710 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16711 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16712 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16713
16714 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16715
16716 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16717 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16718 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16719 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16720
16721 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16722
16723 ;;;***
16724 \f
16725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16726 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16728
16729 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16730 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16731 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16732 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16733 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16734 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16735 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16736 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16737
16738 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16739 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16740
16741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16742 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16743
16744 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16745
16746 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16747 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16748 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16749 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16750 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16751 `latin1-display-setup'.
16752
16753 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16754
16755 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16756 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16757 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16758 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16759
16760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16761 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16762
16763 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16764
16765 ;;;***
16766 \f
16767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21607
16768 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
16769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16770
16771 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16772 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16773
16774 \(fn)" t nil)
16775
16776 ;;;***
16777 \f
16778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21661 17341 365638
16779 ;;;;;; 429000))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16781 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16782
16783 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16784 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16785 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16786 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16787
16788 For instance, the following code
16789
16790 (let-alist alist
16791 (if (and .title .body)
16792 .body
16793 .site
16794 .site.contents))
16795
16796 essentially expands to
16797
16798 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16799 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16800 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16801 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16802 (if (and .title .body)
16803 .body
16804 .site
16805 .site.contents))
16806
16807 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16808 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16809 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16810 displayed in the example above.
16811
16812 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16813
16814 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16815
16816 ;;;***
16817 \f
16818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16820
16821 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16822 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16823 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16824 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16825 generations (this defaults to 1).
16826
16827 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16828
16829 ;;;***
16830 \f
16831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21652 2366 414435 564000))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16833 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16834
16835 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16836 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16838 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16839 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16840
16841 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16842
16843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16844
16845 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16846 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16847 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16850 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16851
16852 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16853
16854 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16855 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16856 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16857 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16858 ARG is omitted or nil.
16859
16860 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16861 `linum-on' would do it.
16862 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16863
16864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16865
16866 ;;;***
16867 \f
16868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21607 54478 300138
16869 ;;;;;; 641000))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16871
16872 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16873 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16874 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16875 is nil, raise an error.
16876
16877 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16878 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16879 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16880 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16881 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16882 defined by the library.
16883
16884 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16885 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16886 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16887 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16888 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16889 proceeds.
16890
16891 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16892 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16893 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16894 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16895
16896 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16897
16898 ;;;***
16899 \f
16900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16902
16903 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16904 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16905 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16906
16907 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16908
16909 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16910 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16911 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16912 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16913
16914 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16915 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16916 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16917 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16918 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16919 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16920 the version.)
16921
16922 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16923 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16924
16925 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16926 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16927
16928 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16929 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16930
16931 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16932
16933 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16934 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16935 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16936 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16937 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16938 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16939 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16940 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16941 to constrain a big search.
16942
16943 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16944
16945 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16946 except that FILTER is not optional.
16947
16948 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16949
16950 ;;;***
16951 \f
16952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21607 54478 800121
16953 ;;;;;; 42000))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16955
16956 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16957 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16958 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16959 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16960 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16961 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16962 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16963 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16964 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16965 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16966
16967 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16968 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16969 associated values:
16970 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16971 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16972 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16973 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16974 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16975
16976 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16977 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16978 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16979
16980 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16981
16982 ;;;***
16983 \f
16984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21607 54478 800121
16985 ;;;;;; 42000))
16986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16987
16988 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16989 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16990
16991 \(fn)" t nil)
16992
16993 ;;;***
16994 \f
16995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16996 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16997
16998 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16999 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17000
17001 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17002 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17003
17004 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17005 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17006 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17007
17008 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17009 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17010
17011 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17012 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17013 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17014 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17015 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17016 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17017 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17018
17019 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17020
17021 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17022 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17023 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17024 switch on this list.
17025 See `lpr-command'.")
17026
17027 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17028
17029 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17030 Name of program for printing a file.
17031
17032 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17033 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17034 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17035 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17036 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17037 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17038 argument.")
17039
17040 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17041
17042 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17043 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17044 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17045 for customization of the printer command.
17046
17047 \(fn)" t nil)
17048
17049 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17050 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17051
17052 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17053 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17054 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17055 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17056
17057 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17058 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17059
17060 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17061 for further customization of the printer command.
17062
17063 \(fn)" t nil)
17064
17065 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17066 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17067 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17068 for customization of the printer command.
17069
17070 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17073 Paginate and print the region contents.
17074
17075 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17076 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17077 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17078 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17079
17080 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17081 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17082
17083 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17084 for further customization of the printer command.
17085
17086 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17087
17088 ;;;***
17089 \f
17090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21607 54478 300138
17091 ;;;;;; 641000))
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17093
17094 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17095 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17096 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17097
17098 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17099
17100 ;;;***
17101 \f
17102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21607 54477 800124
17103 ;;;;;; 118000))
17104 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17105
17106 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17107 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17108 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17109 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17110
17111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17112
17113 ;;;***
17114 \f
17115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21607 54478
17116 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17118
17119 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17120 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 ;;;***
17125 \f
17126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17128
17129 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17130 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17131 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17132 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17133 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17134
17135 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17136
17137 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17138 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17139 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17140 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17141 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17142
17143 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17144 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17145 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17146 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17147 bindings.
17148
17149 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17150 use this command, and then save the file.
17151
17152 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17153
17154 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17155 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17156 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17157 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17158 each time the macro executes.
17159 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17160 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17161 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17162 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17163 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17164 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17165 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17166
17167 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17168
17169 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17170 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17171 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17172 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17173
17174 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17175 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17176 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17177 execute.
17178
17179 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17180 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17181
17182 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17183 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17184 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17185 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17186 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17187
17188 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17189 looked like this:
17190
17191 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17192 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17193 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17194
17195 You could enter the names in this format:
17196
17197 foo
17198 bar
17199 baz
17200
17201 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17202
17203 \\C-x (
17204 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17205 \\C-x )
17206
17207 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17208 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17209
17210 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17211 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17212
17213 ;;;***
17214 \f
17215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21607 54478
17216 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17218
17219 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17220 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17221 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17222 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17223 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17224 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17225
17226 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17227 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17228 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17229 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17230 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17231
17232 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17233 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17234 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17235 consing a string.)
17236
17237 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17238
17239 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17240 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17241
17242 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17243
17244 ;;;***
17245 \f
17246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21607 54478
17247 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17249
17250 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17251 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17252
17253 \(fn)" nil nil)
17254
17255 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17256
17257
17258 \(fn)" nil nil)
17259
17260 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17261 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17262
17263 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17264
17265 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17266 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17267 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17268 message.
17269
17270 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17271
17272 \(fn)" nil nil)
17273
17274 ;;;***
17275 \f
17276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21607 54478
17277 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17279
17280 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17281 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17282 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17283 often correct parser.")
17284
17285 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17286
17287 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17288 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17289 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17290 a value which excludes your own email address.
17291
17292 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17293 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17294
17295 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17296
17297 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17298 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17299
17300 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17301
17302 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17303 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17304 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17305 we return it unconverted.
17306
17307 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17308 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17309
17310 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17311
17312 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17313 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17314 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17315 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17316
17317 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17318
17319 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17320 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17321 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17322 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17323
17324 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17325
17326 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17327 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17328 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17329 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17330 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17331 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17332 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17333 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17334 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17335 as Rmail does.
17336
17337 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17338
17339 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17340 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17341 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17342 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17343 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17344 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17345 matches may be returned from the message body.
17346
17347 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17348
17349 ;;;***
17350 \f
17351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21607 54478
17352 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17354
17355 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17356 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17357 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17360 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17361
17362 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17363
17364 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17368 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17369
17370 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17371 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17372 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17373 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17374
17375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17376
17377 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17378 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17379
17380 \(fn)" nil nil)
17381
17382 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17383 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17384 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17385
17386 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17387
17388 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17389 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17390 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17391
17392 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17393 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17394 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17395 double-quotes.
17396
17397 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17398
17399 ;;;***
17400 \f
17401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21607 54478
17402 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17404
17405 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17406 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17407 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17408 king@grassland.com
17409 If `parens', they look like:
17410 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17411 If `angles', they look like:
17412 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17413
17414 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17415
17416 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17417 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17418 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17419 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17420 their `Resent-' variants.
17421
17422 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17423 removed from alias expansions.
17424
17425 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17426
17427 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17428 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17429 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17430
17431 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17432 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17433 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17434 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17435
17436 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17437
17438 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17439 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17440 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17441
17442 \(fn)" nil nil)
17443
17444 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17445 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17446 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17447 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17448
17449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17450
17451 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17452
17453 ;;;***
17454 \f
17455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21607 54478
17456 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17458
17459 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17460 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17461 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17462 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17463
17464 \(fn)" nil nil)
17465
17466 ;;;***
17467 \f
17468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21607
17469 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
17470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17471
17472 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17473 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17474
17475 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17476 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17477 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17478 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17479 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17480 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17481
17482 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17483 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17484 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17485 dependency, despite the colon.
17486
17487 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17488
17489 In the browser, use the following keys:
17490
17491 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17492
17493 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17494
17495 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17496 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17497
17498 `makefile-target-colon':
17499 The string that gets appended to all target names
17500 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17501 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17502
17503 `makefile-macro-assign':
17504 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17505 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17506 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17507 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17508 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17509 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17510
17511 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17512 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17513 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17514
17515 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17516 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17517
17518 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17519 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17520 up or down in the browser.
17521
17522 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17523 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17524
17525 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17526 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17527
17528 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17529 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17530 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17531 has been selected in the browser.
17532
17533 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17534 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17535 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17536 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17537 filenames are omitted.
17538
17539 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17540 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17541 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17542 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17543 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17544 the backslash itself intact.
17545 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17546 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17547
17548 `makefile-browser-hook':
17549 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17550 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17551
17552 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17553 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17554 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17555 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17556
17557 \(fn)" t nil)
17558
17559 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17560 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17561
17562 \(fn)" t nil)
17563
17564 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17565 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17566
17567 \(fn)" t nil)
17568
17569 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17570 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17571
17572 \(fn)" t nil)
17573
17574 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17575 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17576
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17578
17579 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17580 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17581
17582 \(fn)" t nil)
17583
17584 ;;;***
17585 \f
17586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21607 54478 300138
17587 ;;;;;; 641000))
17588 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17589
17590 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17591 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17592 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17593
17594 \(fn)" t nil)
17595
17596 ;;;***
17597 \f
17598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17600
17601 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17602
17603 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17604 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17605 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17606 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17607 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17608 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17609 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17610 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17611 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17612 without running the man command.
17613
17614 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17615 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17616 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17617
17618 cat(1)
17619 1 cat
17620
17621 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17622 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17623 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17624 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17625
17626 -a chmod
17627
17628 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17629 otherwise look like a page name.
17630
17631 /my/file/name.1.gz
17632 -l somefile.1
17633
17634 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17635 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17636 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17637
17638 -k pattern
17639
17640 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17641
17642 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17643 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17644
17645 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17646
17647 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17648 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17649
17650 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17651
17652 ;;;***
17653 \f
17654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17656 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17657
17658 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17659 Toggle Master mode.
17660 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17661 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17662 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17663
17664 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17665 using the following commands:
17666
17667 \\{master-mode-map}
17668
17669 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17670 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17671 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17672
17673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17674
17675 ;;;***
17676 \f
17677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21607 54478 300138
17678 ;;;;;; 641000))
17679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17680
17681 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17682 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17683 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17685 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17686 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17687
17688 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17689
17690 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17691 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17693 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17694 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17695
17696 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17697 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17698 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17699 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17700
17701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17702
17703 ;;;***
17704 \f
17705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17706 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17707 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17708
17709 ;;;***
17710 \f
17711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21666 35265 825623
17712 ;;;;;; 21000))
17713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17714
17715 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17716
17717 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17718 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17719 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17720 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17721 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17722 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17723 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17724 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17725 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17726 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17727 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17728 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17729 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17730 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17731 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17732 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17733 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17734 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17735 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17736 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17737 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17738 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17739 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17740 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17741 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17742 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17743 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17744 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17745 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17746 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17747 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17748 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17749 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17750 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17751 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17752 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17753 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17754 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17755
17756 \(fn)" t nil)
17757
17758 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17759 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17760 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17761 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17762 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17763
17764 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17767 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17768
17769 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17772 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17773
17774 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17777 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17778
17779 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17780
17781 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17782 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17783 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17784
17785 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17786
17787 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17788 Cancel an article you posted.
17789 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17790
17791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17792
17793 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17794 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17795 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17796 header line with the old Message-ID.
17797
17798 \(fn)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17801 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17802
17803 \(fn)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17806 Forward the current message via mail.
17807 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17808 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17809
17810 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17813
17814
17815 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17818
17819
17820 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17821
17822 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17823 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17824
17825 \(fn)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17828 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17829
17830 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17833 Re-mail the current message.
17834 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17835 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17836 you.
17837
17838 \(fn)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17841 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17842
17843 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17846 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17847
17848 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17849
17850 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17851 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17852
17853 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17856 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17857
17858 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17861 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17862 Works by overstriking characters.
17863 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17864 which specify the range to operate on.
17865
17866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17867
17868 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17869 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17870 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17871 which specify the range to operate on.
17872
17873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17874
17875 ;;;***
17876 \f
17877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21607
17878 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17880 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17881
17882 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17883 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17884
17885 \(fn)" t nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17888 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17889
17890 \(fn)" t nil)
17891
17892 ;;;***
17893 \f
17894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21607 54478
17895 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17897
17898 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17899 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17900 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17905 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17906 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17907 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17908 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17909 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17910 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17911
17912 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17913
17914 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17915 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17916 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17917 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17918 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17919 means current).
17920 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17921 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17922
17923 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17924
17925 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17926 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17927 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17928 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17929 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17930 means current).
17931 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17932 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17933
17934 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17935
17936 ;;;***
17937 \f
17938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21607 54478 300138
17939 ;;;;;; 641000))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17941
17942 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17943 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17944 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17945
17946 \(fn)" t nil)
17947
17948 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17949 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17950 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17951
17952 \(fn)" t nil)
17953
17954 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17955 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17956
17957 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17958 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17959 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17960
17961 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17962 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17963
17964 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17965 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17966
17967 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17968
17969 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17970
17971 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17972 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17973 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17974 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17975 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17976 as `compose-mail'.
17977
17978 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17979 initial Subject field, respectively.
17980
17981 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17982 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17983 are strings.
17984
17985 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17986 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17987
17988 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17989
17990 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17991 Save draft and send message.
17992
17993 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17994 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17995 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17996 Mail Delivery*\".
17997
17998 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17999 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18000 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18001
18002 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18003 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18004 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18005 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18006 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18007 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18008
18009 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18010 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18011
18012 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18013 message and scan line.
18014
18015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18018 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18019
18020 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18021 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18022 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18023 delete the draft message.
18024
18025 \(fn)" t nil)
18026
18027 ;;;***
18028 \f
18029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18030 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18031 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18032
18033 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18034
18035 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18036
18037 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18038
18039 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18040 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18041
18042 \(fn)" t nil)
18043
18044 ;;;***
18045 \f
18046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21607 54478
18047 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18049
18050 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18051 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18052 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18053
18054 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18055 the MH mail system.
18056
18057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18058
18059 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18060 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18061 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18062
18063 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18064 the MH mail system.
18065
18066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18067
18068 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18069 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18070
18071 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18072 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18073 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18074 separate command.
18075
18076 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18077 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18078 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18079 format.
18080
18081 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18082
18083 Ranges
18084 ======
18085 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18086 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18087 can be used in several ways.
18088
18089 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18090 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18091 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18092 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18093 page):
18094
18095 <num1>-<num2>
18096 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18097 The range must be nonempty.
18098
18099 <num>:N
18100 <num>:+N
18101 <num>:-N
18102 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18103 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18104 last.
18105
18106 first:N
18107 prev:N
18108 next:N
18109 last:N
18110 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18111
18112 all
18113 All of the messages.
18114
18115 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18116 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18117
18118 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18119 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18120 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18121
18122 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18123
18124 \(fn)" t nil)
18125
18126 ;;;***
18127 \f
18128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21607 54478 300138
18129 ;;;;;; 641000))
18130 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18131
18132 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18133 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18134 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18135 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18136 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18137 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18138 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18139 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18140 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18141 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18142 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18143
18144 \(fn)" t nil)
18145
18146 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18147 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18148 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18149 to its second argument TM.
18150
18151 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18152
18153 ;;;***
18154 \f
18155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21607 54478
18156 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18157 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18158
18159 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18160 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18161 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18163 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18164 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18165
18166 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18167
18168 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18169 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18171 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18172 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18173
18174 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18175 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18176 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18177 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18178 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18179 is modified to remove the default indication.
18180
18181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18182
18183 ;;;***
18184 \f
18185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18187
18188 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18189 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18190 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18191 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18192 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18193 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18194 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18195 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18196 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18197
18198 \(fn)" t nil)
18199
18200 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18201 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18202 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18203 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18204 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18205 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18206 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18207 The return value is always nil.
18208
18209 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18210
18211 ;;;***
18212 \f
18213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21607 54478 300138
18214 ;;;;;; 641000))
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18216 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18217
18218 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18219 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18220
18221 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18222 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18223 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18224 next occurrence.
18225
18226 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18227 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18228 end of the search space).
18229
18230 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18231 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18232 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18233 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18234 should return the previous buffer to search.
18235
18236 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18237 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18238 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18239
18240 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18241 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18242 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18243 Isearch starts.")
18244
18245 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18246 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18247 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18248
18249 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil)
18250
18251 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil)
18252
18253 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18254 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18255 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18256
18257 \(fn)" nil nil)
18258
18259 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18260 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18261 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18262 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18263 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18264 whose names match the specified regexp.
18265
18266 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18267
18268 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18269 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18270 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18271 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18272 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18273 whose names match the specified regexp.
18274
18275 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18276
18277 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18278 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18279 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18280 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18281 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18282 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18283 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18284
18285 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18286
18287 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18288 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18289 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18290 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18291 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18292 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18293 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18294
18295 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21607
18300 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18302 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18303
18304 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18305 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18306
18307 \(fn)" t nil)
18308
18309 ;;;***
18310 \f
18311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21607 54478
18312 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18314
18315 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18316 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18317
18318 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18319
18320 ;;;***
18321 \f
18322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21607 54478
18323 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18325
18326 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18327 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18328
18329 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18330
18331 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18332 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18333 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18334 the entire message.
18335 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18336
18337 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18338
18339 ;;;***
18340 \f
18341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21607 54478
18342 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18344
18345 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18346 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18347 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18348 the entire message.
18349 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18350
18351 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18352
18353 ;;;***
18354 \f
18355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21607 54478 300138
18356 ;;;;;; 641000))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18358
18359 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18360 Insert file contents of URL.
18361 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18362
18363 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18364
18365 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18366 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18367
18368 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18369
18370 ;;;***
18371 \f
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21607 54478 300138
18373 ;;;;;; 641000))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18375
18376 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18377 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18378 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18379 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18380 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18381
18382 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18383
18384 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18385 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18386 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18387
18388 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18389
18390 ;;;***
18391 \f
18392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18394
18395 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18396 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18397
18398 \(fn)" nil nil)
18399
18400 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18401 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18402 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18403 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18404 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18405
18406 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18407 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18408 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18409 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18410 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18411 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18412
18413 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18414
18415 ;;;***
18416 \f
18417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21607 54478 300138
18418 ;;;;;; 641000))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18420
18421 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18422
18423
18424 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18425
18426 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18427
18428
18429 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18430
18431 ;;;***
18432 \f
18433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21607 54478 300138
18434 ;;;;;; 641000))
18435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18436
18437 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18438
18439
18440 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18441
18442 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18443
18444
18445 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18448
18449
18450 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18451
18452 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18453
18454
18455 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18456
18457 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18458
18459
18460 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18461
18462 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18463
18464
18465 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18466
18467 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18468
18469
18470 \(fn)" nil nil)
18471
18472 ;;;***
18473 \f
18474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21607 54477
18475 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18477
18478 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18479
18480 ;;;***
18481 \f
18482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18483 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18485
18486 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18487
18488 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18489 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18490 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18491 followed by the first character of the construct.
18492 \\<m2-mode-map>
18493 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18494 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18495 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18496 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18497 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18498 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18499 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18500 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18501 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18502 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18503 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18504 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18505 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18506 \\[m2-link] link
18507
18508 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18509 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18510 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18511
18512 \(fn)" t nil)
18513
18514 ;;;***
18515 \f
18516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21616 28857 81577
18517 ;;;;;; 239000))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18519
18520 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18521 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18522
18523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18524
18525 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18526 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18527
18528 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18529
18530 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18531 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18532
18533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18534
18535 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18536 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18537
18538 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18539
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21607 54478 300138
18543 ;;;;;; 641000))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18545
18546 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18547 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18548
18549 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18550 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18551 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18552
18553 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18554 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18555 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18556
18557 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18558 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18559
18560 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18561 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18562 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18563 hemisphere you're in.)
18564
18565 To test this function, evaluate:
18566 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18567
18568 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18569
18570 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18571 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18572
18573 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18574 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18575
18576 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18577 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18578 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18579
18580 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18581 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18582
18583 To test this function, evaluate:
18584 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18585
18586 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18587
18588 ;;;***
18589 \f
18590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18592
18593 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18594 Main entry point for MPC.
18595
18596 \(fn)" t nil)
18597
18598 ;;;***
18599 \f
18600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
18601 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18602
18603 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18604 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18605
18606 \(fn)" t nil)
18607
18608 ;;;***
18609 \f
18610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18611 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18612
18613 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18614 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18615 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18618 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18619
18620 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18621
18622 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18623 Toggle Msb mode.
18624 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18625 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18626 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18627
18628 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18629 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18630
18631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18632
18633 ;;;***
18634 \f
18635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21652
18636 ;;;;;; 2366 414435 564000))
18637 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18638
18639 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18640 Display a list of all character sets.
18641
18642 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18643 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18644 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18645 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18646 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18647
18648 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18649 but still shows the full information.
18650
18651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18654 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18655 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18656
18657 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18658 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18659 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18660 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18661 meanings of these arguments.
18662
18663 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18664
18665 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18666 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18667
18668 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18672
18673 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18676 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18677
18678 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18679
18680 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18681 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18682
18683 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18684 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18685 in place of `..':
18686 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18687 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18688 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18689 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18690 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18691 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18692 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18693 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18695 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18696 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18697 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18698 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18699 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18700 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18701 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18702
18703 \(fn)" t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18706 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18707
18708 \(fn)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display a list of all coding systems.
18712 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18713
18714 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18715 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18716
18717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18718
18719 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18720 Display a list of all coding categories.
18721
18722 \(fn)" nil nil)
18723
18724 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18726 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18727
18728 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about FONTSET.
18732 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18733
18734 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display a list of all fontsets.
18738 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18739 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18740 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18741
18742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display information about all input methods.
18746
18747 \(fn)" t nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18751
18752 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18753 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18754 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18755 system which uses fontsets).
18756
18757 \(fn)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18760 Show log of font listing and opening.
18761 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18762 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18763
18764 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18765
18766 ;;;***
18767 \f
18768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21607
18769 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
18770 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18771
18772 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18773 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18774
18775 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18776 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18777
18778 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18779 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18780
18781 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18782
18783 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18784 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18785 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18786 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18787 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18788 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18789 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18790
18791 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18792 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18793 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18794 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18795 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18796 middle of a character in STR.
18797
18798 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18799 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18800
18801 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18802 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18803 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18804 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18805 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18806
18807 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18808
18809 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18810 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18811
18812 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18813 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18814 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18815
18816 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18817 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18818 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18819
18820 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18821 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18822 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18823 are considered.
18824 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18825 longer than KEYSEQ.
18826 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18827
18828 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18829
18830 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18831 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18832 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18833 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18834 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18835 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18836 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18837 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18838 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18839 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18840 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18841
18842 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18843
18844 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18845 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18846
18847 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18848
18849 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18850 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18851
18852 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18853
18854 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18855 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18856
18857 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18858
18859 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18860 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18861
18862 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18863
18864 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18865 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18866 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18867 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18868 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18869
18870 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18871 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18872
18873 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18874 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18875 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18876 coding systems ordered by priority.
18877
18878 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18879
18880 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18881
18882 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18883 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18884 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18885 language environment LANG-ENV.
18886
18887 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18888
18889 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18890 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18891 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18892 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18893 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18894 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18895
18896 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18897
18898 ;;;***
18899 \f
18900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21607 54478
18901 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18903
18904 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18905 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18906
18907 \(fn)" t nil)
18908
18909 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18910 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18911
18912 \(fn)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18915 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18916
18917 \(fn)" t nil)
18918
18919 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18920 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18921
18922 \(fn)" t nil)
18923
18924 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18925 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18926
18927 \(fn)" t nil)
18928
18929 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18930 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18931
18932 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18935 Ping HOST.
18936 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18937 `ping-program-options'.
18938
18939 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18942 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18943
18944 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18945
18946 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18947 Run nslookup program.
18948
18949 \(fn)" t nil)
18950
18951 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18952 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18953
18954 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18955
18956 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18957 Run dig program.
18958
18959 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18960
18961 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18962 Run ftp program.
18963
18964 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18965
18966 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18967 Finger USER on HOST.
18968
18969 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18972 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18973 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18974 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18975
18976 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18977
18978 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18979
18980
18981 \(fn)" t nil)
18982
18983 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18984 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18985
18986 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18987
18988 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18989 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18990
18991 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18992
18993 ;;;***
18994 \f
18995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21607 54478 300138
18996 ;;;;;; 641000))
18997 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18998
18999 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19000 Return a user name/password pair.
19001 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19002 listed in the PORTS list.
19003
19004 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19005
19006 ;;;***
19007 \f
19008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21644
19009 ;;;;;; 8251 830117 252000))
19010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19011
19012 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19013 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19014 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19015 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19016 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19017 closes it.
19018
19019 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19020 make it unique.
19021 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19022 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19023 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19024 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19025 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19026 a port number to connect to.
19027
19028 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19029 values:
19030
19031 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19032 nil or `network'
19033 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19034 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19035 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19036 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19037 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19038 an unencrypted connection.
19039 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19040 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19041 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19042 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19043 returned object is a killed process.
19044 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19045 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19046 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19047
19048 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19049 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19050 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19051 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19052 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19053 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19054 or nil if none could be found.
19055 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19056 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19057
19058 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19059
19060 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19061 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19062 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19063
19064 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19065 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19066 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19067
19068 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19069 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19070 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19071
19072 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19073 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19074 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19075 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19076
19077 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19078 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19079
19080 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19081 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19082 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19083 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19084 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19085 or STARTTLS connections.
19086
19087 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19088 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19089
19090 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19091 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19092
19093 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19094 a greeting from the server.
19095
19096 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19097 asynchronously, if possible.
19098
19099 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19100
19101 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19102
19103 ;;;***
19104 \f
19105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21628
19106 ;;;;;; 45530 160140 360000))
19107 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19108
19109 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19110 Check whether newsticker is running.
19111 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19112 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19113
19114 \(fn)" nil nil)
19115
19116 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19117 Start the newsticker.
19118 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19119 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19120 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19121 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19122
19123 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19124
19125 ;;;***
19126 \f
19127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19128 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19130
19131 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19132 Start newsticker plainview.
19133
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19135
19136 ;;;***
19137 \f
19138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21607
19139 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
19140 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19141
19142 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19143 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19144
19145 \(fn)" t nil)
19146
19147 ;;;***
19148 \f
19149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21607
19150 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
19151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19152
19153 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19154 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19155 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19156 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19157 empty.
19158
19159 \(fn)" nil nil)
19160
19161 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19162 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19163 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19164 running already.
19165
19166 \(fn)" t nil)
19167
19168 ;;;***
19169 \f
19170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21636
19171 ;;;;;; 14149 750837 46000))
19172 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19173
19174 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19175 Start newsticker treeview.
19176
19177 \(fn)" t nil)
19178
19179 ;;;***
19180 \f
19181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21607 54478 300138
19182 ;;;;;; 641000))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19184
19185 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19186 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19187
19188 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19189
19190 ;;;***
19191 \f
19192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21607 54478 300138
19193 ;;;;;; 641000))
19194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19195
19196 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19197 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19198 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19199 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19200 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19201 symbol in the alist.
19202
19203 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19204
19205 ;;;***
19206 \f
19207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21607 54478
19208 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19210
19211 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19212 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19213 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19214
19215 \(fn)" t nil)
19216
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19221
19222 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19223 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19224
19225 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19226
19227 ;;;***
19228 \f
19229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19230 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19231
19232 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19233
19234 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19235 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19236 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19237
19238 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19239
19240
19241 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19242
19243 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19244 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19245 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19246 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19247 to future sessions.
19248
19249 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19250
19251 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19252 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19253 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19254 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19255 future sessions.
19256
19257 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19258
19259 ;;;***
19260 \f
19261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21607
19262 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19264
19265 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19266 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19267 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19268 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19269 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19270 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19271
19272 \(fn)" t nil)
19273
19274 ;;;***
19275 \f
19276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19278 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19279
19280 ;;;***
19281 \f
19282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21607 54478
19283 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19285
19286 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19287 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19288 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19289 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19290
19291 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19292
19293 ;;;***
19294 \f
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21611 10937
19296 ;;;;;; 700236 3000))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19298
19299 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19300 Major mode for editing XML.
19301
19302 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19303 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19304 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19305 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19306 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19307 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19308 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19309
19310 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19311
19312 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19313 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19314
19315 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19316 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19317 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19318 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19319 instead of C-c.
19320
19321 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19322 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19323 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19324 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19325 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19326 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19327
19328 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19329 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19330 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19331
19332 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19333 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19334 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19335
19336 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19337 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19338 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19339 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19340 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19341 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19342 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19343 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19344 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19345
19346 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19347
19348 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19349 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19350
19351 \(fn)" t nil)
19352 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19353
19354 ;;;***
19355 \f
19356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21607 54478
19357 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19359
19360 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19361 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19362 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19363 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19364
19365 \(fn)" t nil)
19366
19367 ;;;***
19368 \f
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21632 17083
19370 ;;;;;; 200835 890000))
19371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19372
19373 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19374 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19375
19376 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19377 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19378 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19379 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19380
19381 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19382
19383 Key bindings:
19384 \\{octave-mode-map}
19385
19386 \(fn)" t nil)
19387
19388 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19389 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19390 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19391
19392 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19393
19394 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19395 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19396
19397 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19398 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19399 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19400
19401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19402
19403 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19404
19405 ;;;***
19406 \f
19407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21607 54478
19408 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19410
19411 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19412
19413 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19414 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19415 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19416 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19417 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19418
19419 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19420
19421 Customization:
19422
19423 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19424 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19425 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19426 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19427 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19428 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19429 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19430 Directories to search when finding external units.
19431 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19432 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19433
19434 Coloring:
19435
19436 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19437 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19438
19439 \(fn)" t nil)
19440
19441 ;;;***
19442 \f
19443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21645 29117 170137 362000))
19444 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19445
19446 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19447 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19448
19449 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19450
19451 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19452 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19453 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19454 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19455 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19456 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19457
19458 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19459
19460 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19461 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19462 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19463 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19464 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19465
19466 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19467
19468 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19469 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19470
19471 \(fn)" nil nil)
19472
19473 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19474 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19475
19476 \(fn)" nil nil)
19477
19478 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19479 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19480 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19481
19482 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19483 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19484 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19485 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19486 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19487 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19488 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19489 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19490 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19491 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19492
19493 The following commands are available:
19494
19495 \\{org-mode-map}
19496
19497 \(fn)" t nil)
19498
19499 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19500 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19501
19502 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19503 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19504 in special contexts.
19505
19506 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19507 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19508 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19509 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19510 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19511 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19512 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19513 properties in the buffer.
19514 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19515 including any drawers.
19516
19517 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19518
19519 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19520 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19521 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19522 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19523 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19524 and zoom in further.
19525 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19526 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19527
19528 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19529 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19530 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19531 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19532 times right after creating a new headline.
19533
19534 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19535 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19536 is negative, go up that many levels.
19537
19538 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19539 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19540 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19541
19542 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19543 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19544 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19545 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19546
19547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19548
19549 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19550 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19551 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19552 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19553
19554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19555 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19556
19557 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19558 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19559 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19560 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19561 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19562 defined by Org-mode).
19563
19564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19565
19566 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19567 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19568
19569 \(fn)" nil nil)
19570
19571 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19572 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19573
19574 \(fn)" nil nil)
19575
19576 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19577 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19578 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19579 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19580 call CMD.
19581
19582 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19583
19584 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19585 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19586 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19587 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19588
19589 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19590 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19591 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19592
19593 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19594 part of Org's core.
19595
19596 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19597 active region.
19598
19599 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19602 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19603 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19604
19605 \(fn)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19608 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19609 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19610 Org-mode syntax.
19611
19612 \(fn)" t nil)
19613
19614 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19615 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19616
19617 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19618
19619 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19620 Switch between Org buffers.
19621 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19622 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19623
19624 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19625 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19626
19627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19628
19629 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19630
19631 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19632
19633 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19634 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19635 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19636 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19637
19638 \(fn)" t nil)
19639
19640 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19641 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19642
19643 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19644
19645 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19646 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19647 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19648
19649 \(fn)" t nil)
19650
19651 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19652 Reload all org lisp files.
19653 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19654
19655 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19656
19657 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19658 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19659
19660 \(fn)" t nil)
19661
19662 ;;;***
19663 \f
19664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21607 54478
19665 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19666 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19667
19668 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19669 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19670
19671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19672
19673 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19674 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19675 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19676 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19677
19678 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19679 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19680 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19681 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19682 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19683 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19684 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19685 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19686 e Export views to associated files.
19687 s Search entries for keywords.
19688 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19689 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19690 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19691 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19692 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19693 > Remove a previous restriction.
19694 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19695 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19696 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19697
19698 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19699 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19700 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19701
19702 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19703 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19704 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19705 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19706 \(if active).
19707
19708 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19709
19710 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19711 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19712 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19713 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19714 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19715 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19716 before running the agenda command.
19717
19718 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19719
19720 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19721 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19722 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19723 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19724 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19725 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19726 before running the agenda command.
19727
19728 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19729 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19730
19731 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19732
19733 category The category of the item
19734 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19735 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19736 todo selected in TODO match
19737 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19738 diary imported from diary
19739 deadline a deadline on given date
19740 scheduled scheduled on given date
19741 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19742 closed entry was closed on given date
19743 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19744 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19745 block entry has date block including g. date
19746 todo The todo keyword, if any
19747 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19748 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19749 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19750 extra Sting with extra planning info
19751 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19752 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19753 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19754
19755 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19756
19757 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19758 Store agenda views.
19759
19760 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19761
19762 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19763 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19764
19765 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19766
19767 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19768 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19769 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19770 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19771
19772 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19773 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19774 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19775
19776 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19777 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19778
19779 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19780 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19781
19782 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19783
19784 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19785 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19786
19787 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19788 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19789 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19790 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19791 EDIT-AT.
19792
19793 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19794 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19795 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19796 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19797 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19798 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19799
19800 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19801 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19802 including newlines.
19803
19804 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19805 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19806 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19807 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19808 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19809 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19810 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19811
19812 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19813 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19814 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19815 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19816
19817 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19818 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19819 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19820 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19821 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19822 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19823 Boolean search must match as full words.
19824
19825 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19826 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19827
19828 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19829
19830 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19831 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19832 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19833 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19834 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19835 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19836
19837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19840 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19841 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19842
19843 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19844
19845 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19846 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19847 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19848 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19849 `org-stuck-projects'.
19850
19851 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19852
19853 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19854 Return diary information from org files.
19855 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19856 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19857 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19858 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19859 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19860
19861 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19862
19863 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19864
19865 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19866 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19867
19868 &%%(org-diary)
19869
19870 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19871 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19872 So the example above may also be written as
19873
19874 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19875
19876 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19877 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19878 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19879
19880 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19881
19882 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19883 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19884
19885 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19886
19887 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19888 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19889 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19890 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19891 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19892
19893 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19894
19895 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19896 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19897 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19898
19899 \(fn)" t nil)
19900
19901 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19902 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19903 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19904 appointments.
19905
19906 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19907 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19908
19909 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19910 for filtering entries out.
19911
19912 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19913 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19914 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19915
19916 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19917 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19918
19919 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19920 (category \"Work\"))
19921
19922 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19923 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19924
19925 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19926 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19927 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19928 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19929 details and examples.
19930
19931 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19932 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19933
19934 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19935
19936 ;;;***
19937 \f
19938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21607 54478
19939 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19940 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19941
19942 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19943 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19944
19945 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19946
19947 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19948 Capture something.
19949 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19950 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19951 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19952 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19953 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19954 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19955
19956 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19957 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19958 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19959 stored.
19960
19961 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19962
19963 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19964 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19965 will be bypassed.
19966
19967 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19968 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19969 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19970 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19971
19972 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19973
19974 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19975 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19976
19977 \(fn)" t nil)
19978
19979 ;;;***
19980 \f
19981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21607 54478
19982 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19983 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19984
19985 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19986 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19987
19988 \(fn)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19991
19992
19993 \(fn)" nil nil)
19994
19995 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19996 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19997 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19998
19999 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20000
20001 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20002 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20003
20004 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20005
20006 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20007 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20008
20009 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20010
20011 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20012 Write the column view table.
20013 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20014
20015 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20016 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20017 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20018 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20019 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20020 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20021 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20022 using `org-id-find'.
20023 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20024 a hline before each level <= that number.
20025 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20026 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20027 :skip-empty-rows
20028 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20029 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20030
20031 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20032
20033 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20034 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20035
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20039 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20040
20041 \(fn)" t nil)
20042
20043 ;;;***
20044 \f
20045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21607 54478
20046 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20047 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20048
20049 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20050 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20051
20052 \(fn)" nil t)
20053
20054 ;;;***
20055 \f
20056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21607 54478 800121
20057 ;;;;;; 42000))
20058 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20059
20060 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20061 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20062
20063 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20064
20065 ;;;***
20066 \f
20067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20068 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20070
20071 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20072 The release version of org-mode.
20073 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20074
20075 \(fn)" nil nil)
20076
20077 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20078 The Git version of org-mode.
20079 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20080
20081 \(fn)" nil nil)
20082
20083 ;;;***
20084 \f
20085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21626 64704 823711
20086 ;;;;;; 579000))
20087 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20088 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20089 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20090
20091 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20092 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20093 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20094 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20095
20096 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20097 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20098 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20099 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20100
20101 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20102 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20103 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20104 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20105 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20106 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20107
20108 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20109 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20110 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20111
20112 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20113 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20114 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20115 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20116 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20117 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20118 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20119 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20120 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20121 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20122 The subheadings remain visible.
20123 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20124
20125 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20126 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20127 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20128
20129 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20130 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20131
20132 \(fn)" t nil)
20133
20134 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20135 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20137 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20138 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20139
20140 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20141
20142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20143 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20144
20145 ;;;***
20146 \f
20147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21652 2365
20148 ;;;;;; 910127 752000))
20149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20150 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20151
20152 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20153 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20154 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20155 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20156 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20157
20158 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20159 activate the package system at any time.")
20160
20161 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20162
20163 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20164 Install the package PKG.
20165 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20166 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20167
20168 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20169
20170 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20171 Install a package from the current buffer.
20172 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20173 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20174 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20175
20176 \(fn)" t nil)
20177
20178 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20179 Install a package from a file.
20180 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20181
20182 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20183
20184 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20185 Import keys from FILE.
20186
20187 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20188
20189 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20190 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20191 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20192 makes them available for download.
20193
20194 \(fn)" t nil)
20195
20196 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20197 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20198 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20199 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20200
20201 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20202
20203 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20204 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20205
20206 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20207
20208 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20209 Display a list of packages.
20210 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20211 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20212 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20213
20214 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20215
20216 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20217
20218 ;;;***
20219 \f
20220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
20221 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20222
20223 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20224 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20225 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20228 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20229
20230 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20231
20232 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20233 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20234 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20235 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20236 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20237
20238 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20239 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20240 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20241
20242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20243
20244 ;;;***
20245 \f
20246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21607
20247 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
20248 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20249 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20250
20251 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20252 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20253 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20254 unknown are returned as nil.
20255
20256 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20257
20258 ;;;***
20259 \f
20260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21607 54478
20261 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20263
20264 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20265 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20266 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20267
20268 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20269 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20270
20271 Other useful functions are:
20272
20273 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20274 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20275 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20276 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20277 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20278 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20279 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20280 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20281 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20282
20283 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20284
20285 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20286 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20287 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20288 Indentation for case statements.
20289 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20290 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20291 mark after an end.
20292 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20293 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20294 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20295 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20297 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20298 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20299 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20300 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20301 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20302
20303 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20304 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20305
20306 \(fn)" t nil)
20307
20308 ;;;***
20309 \f
20310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21607
20311 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20313
20314 (defvar password-cache t "\
20315 Whether to cache passwords.")
20316
20317 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20318
20319 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20320 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20321 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20322
20323 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20324
20325 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20326 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20327
20328 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20329
20330 ;;;***
20331 \f
20332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21607 54477
20333 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
20334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20335
20336 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20337 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20338 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20339
20340 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20341 _ matches anything.
20342 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20343 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20344 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20345 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20346 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20347 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20348 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20349 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20350 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20351 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20352 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20353 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20354
20355 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20356 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20357 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20358 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20359 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20360 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20361 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20362
20363 FUN can take the form
20364 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20365 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20366 which is the value being matched.
20367 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20368 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20369 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20370 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20371 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20372 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20373 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20374
20375 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20376
20377 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20378
20379 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20380 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20381
20382 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20383
20384 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20385
20386 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20387 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20388 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20389 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20390
20391 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20392
20393 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20394
20395 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20396 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20397 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20398 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20399
20400 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20401
20402 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20403
20404 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20405 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20406
20407 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20408
20409 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20410
20411 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20412
20413 ;;;***
20414 \f
20415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21607 54478 800121
20416 ;;;;;; 42000))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20418
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20420 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20421
20422 \(fn)" nil nil)
20423
20424 ;;;***
20425 \f
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21632 17083 200835
20427 ;;;;;; 890000))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20429
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20431 Completion for `gzip'.
20432
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20436 Completion for `bzip2'.
20437
20438 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20441 Completion for GNU `make'.
20442
20443 \(fn)" nil nil)
20444
20445 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20446 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20447
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449
20450 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20451
20452 ;;;***
20453 \f
20454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21607 54478
20455 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20456 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20457
20458 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20459 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20460
20461 \(fn)" nil nil)
20462
20463 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20464 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20465
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467
20468 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20469 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20470
20471 \(fn)" nil nil)
20472
20473 ;;;***
20474 \f
20475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21607 54478 800121
20476 ;;;;;; 42000))
20477 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20478
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20480 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20481
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483
20484 ;;;***
20485 \f
20486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21607 54478 800121
20487 ;;;;;; 42000))
20488 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20489
20490 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20491 Completion for `cd'.
20492
20493 \(fn)" nil nil)
20494
20495 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20496
20497 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20498 Completion for `rmdir'.
20499
20500 \(fn)" nil nil)
20501
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20503 Completion for `rm'.
20504
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20506
20507 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20508 Completion for `xargs'.
20509
20510 \(fn)" nil nil)
20511
20512 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20513
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20515 Completion for `which'.
20516
20517 \(fn)" nil nil)
20518
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20520 Completion for the `chown' command.
20521
20522 \(fn)" nil nil)
20523
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20525 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20530 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20531
20532 \(fn)" nil nil)
20533
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20535 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20536 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20537
20538 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539
20540 ;;;***
20541 \f
20542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21607 54478 800121
20543 ;;;;;; 42000))
20544 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20547 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20548
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20552 Completion for the `ack' command.
20553 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20554 long options.
20555
20556 \(fn)" nil nil)
20557
20558 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20559
20560 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20561 Completion for the `ag' command.
20562
20563 \(fn)" nil nil)
20564
20565 ;;;***
20566 \f
20567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21607 54478 800121
20568 ;;;;;; 42000))
20569 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20570
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20572 Support extensible programmable completion.
20573 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20574 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20575
20576 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20577
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20579 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20580
20581 \(fn)" t nil)
20582
20583 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20584 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20585 This will modify the current buffer.
20586
20587 \(fn)" t nil)
20588
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20590 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20591
20592 \(fn)" t nil)
20593
20594 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20595 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20596 This will modify the current buffer.
20597
20598 \(fn)" t nil)
20599
20600 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20601 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20602
20603 \(fn)" t nil)
20604
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20606 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20607
20608 \(fn)" t nil)
20609
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20611 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20612 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20613 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20614 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20615
20616 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20617
20618 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20619 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20620
20621 \(fn)" nil nil)
20622
20623 ;;;***
20624 \f
20625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
20626 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20627
20628 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20629 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20630 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20631 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20632
20633 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20634
20635 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20636
20637 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20638 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20639 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20640 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20641 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20642 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20643 FLAGS is ignored.
20644
20645 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20646
20647 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20648 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20649 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20650 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20651 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20652 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20653 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20654 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20655
20656 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20657
20658 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20659 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20660 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20661 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20662 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20663 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20664 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20665 passed to cvs.
20666
20667 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20668
20669 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20670 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20671 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20672 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20673 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20674 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20675 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20676
20677 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20678
20679 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20680 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20681 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20682
20683 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20684
20685 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20686 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20687 A value of nil means never do it.
20688 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20689 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20690 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20691
20692 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20693
20694 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20695 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20696 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20697
20698 ;;;***
20699 \f
20700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21607 54478
20701 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20703
20704 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20705 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20706
20707 ;;;***
20708 \f
20709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21607
20710 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
20711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20712 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20713 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20714 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20715 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20716 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20717 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20718
20719 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20720 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20721 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20722 Tab indents for Perl code.
20723 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20724 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20725 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20726 \\{perl-mode-map}
20727 Variables controlling indentation style:
20728 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20729 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20730 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20731 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20732 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20733 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20734 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20735 `perl-nochange'
20736 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20737 `perl-indent-level'
20738 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20739 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20740 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20741 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20742 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20743 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20744 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20745 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20746 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20747 `perl-brace-offset'
20748 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20749 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20750 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20751 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20752 `perl-label-offset'
20753 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20754 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20755 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20756
20757 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20758 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20759 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20760 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20761 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20762 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20763 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20764
20765 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20766
20767 \(fn)" t nil)
20768
20769 ;;;***
20770 \f
20771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21607 54478
20772 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20773 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20774
20775 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20776 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20777 \\<picture-mode-map>
20778 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20779 afterwards settable by these commands:
20780
20781 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20782 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20783 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20784 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20785
20786 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20787 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20788 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20789 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20790
20791 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20792 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20793 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20794 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20795
20796 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20797 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20798 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20799 with these commands:
20800
20801 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20802 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20803 Move to column following last
20804 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20805 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20806 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20807 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20808 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20809 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20810
20811 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20812
20813 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20814 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20815 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20816 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20817 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20818 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20819
20820 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20821 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20822 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20823 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20824 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20825 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20826 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20827
20828 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20829 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20830 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20831 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20832 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20833 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20834 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20835 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20836
20837 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20838 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20839 by supplying an argument.
20840
20841 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20842
20843 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20844 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20845
20846 \(fn)" t nil)
20847
20848 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20849
20850 ;;;***
20851 \f
20852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21607 54478 300138
20853 ;;;;;; 641000))
20854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20855
20856 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20857 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20858
20859 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20860
20861 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20862 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20863
20864 \(fn)" t nil)
20865
20866 ;;;***
20867 \f
20868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21607 54478 800121
20869 ;;;;;; 42000))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20871
20872 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20873 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20874 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20875
20876 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20877
20878 ;;;***
20879 \f
20880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
20881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20882
20883 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20884 Play pong and waste time.
20885 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20886 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20887
20888 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20889
20890 \\{pong-mode-map}
20891
20892 \(fn)" t nil)
20893
20894 ;;;***
20895 \f
20896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21619 5051 260148 536000))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20898
20899 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20900 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20901 Use streaming commands.
20902
20903 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20904
20905 ;;;***
20906 \f
20907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21607 54477 800124
20908 ;;;;;; 118000))
20909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20910
20911 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20912 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20913 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20914 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20915
20916 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20917
20918 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20919 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20920
20921 \(fn)" nil nil)
20922
20923 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20924 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20925 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20926 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20927 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20928
20929 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20930
20931 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20932 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20933 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20934
20935 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20936
20937 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20938 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20939
20940 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20941
20942 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20943 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20944 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20945 Ignores leading comment characters.
20946
20947 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20948
20949 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20950 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20951 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20952 Ignores leading comment characters.
20953
20954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20955
20956 ;;;***
20957 \f
20958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21607 54478 800121
20959 ;;;;;; 42000))
20960 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20961 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20962
20963 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20964 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20965
20966 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20967
20968 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20969
20970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20973 Preview directory using ghostview.
20974
20975 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20976 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20977 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20978 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20979
20980 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20981 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20982 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20983 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20984 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20985 file name.
20986
20987 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20988
20989 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20990
20991 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20992 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20993
20994 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20995 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20996 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20997 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20998
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21000 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21001 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21002 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21003 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21004 file name.
21005
21006 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21007
21008 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21011 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21012
21013 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21014 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21015 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21016 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21017
21018 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21019 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21020 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21021 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21022 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21023 file name.
21024
21025 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21026
21027 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21030 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21031
21032 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21033
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21035 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21036 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21037 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21038
21039 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21040 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21041 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21042 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21043 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21044 file name.
21045
21046 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21047
21048 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21051 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21052
21053 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21054 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21055 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21056
21057 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21058 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21059 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21060 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21061
21062 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21065 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21066
21067 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21068 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21069 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21070
21071 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21072 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21073 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21074 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21075
21076 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21079 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21080
21081 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21082 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21083 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21084
21085 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21086 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21087 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21088 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21089
21090 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21091
21092 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21093 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21094
21095 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21096
21097 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21098 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21099 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21100
21101 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21102 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21103 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21104 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21105
21106 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21107
21108 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21109 Preview region using ghostview.
21110
21111 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21112
21113 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21114
21115 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21116 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21117
21118 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21119
21120 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21121
21122 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21123 Print region using PostScript printer.
21124
21125 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21126
21127 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21128
21129 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21130 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21131
21132 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21133
21134 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21135
21136 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21137 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21138
21139 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21140
21141 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21144 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21145
21146 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21147
21148 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21149
21150 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21151 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21152
21153 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21154
21155 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21158 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21159
21160 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21161
21162 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21163
21164 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21165 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21166 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21167 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21168
21169 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21170 matching.
21171
21172 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21173 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21174
21175 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21176
21177 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21178
21179 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21180 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21181 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21182 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21183
21184 \(fn)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21187 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21188 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21189 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21190
21191 \(fn)" t nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21194 Print directory using text printer.
21195
21196 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21197 matching.
21198
21199 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21200 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21201
21202 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21203
21204 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21207 Print buffer using text printer.
21208
21209 \(fn)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21212 Print region using text printer.
21213
21214 \(fn)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21217 Print major mode using text printer.
21218
21219 \(fn)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21222 Preview spooled PostScript.
21223
21224 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21225 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21226 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21227
21228 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21229 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21230 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21231
21232 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21235 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21236
21237 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21238 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21239 instead of sending it to the printer.
21240
21241 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21242 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21243 image in a file with that name.
21244
21245 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21248 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21249
21250 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21251 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21252 instead of sending it to the printer.
21253
21254 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21255 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21256 image in a file with that name.
21257
21258 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21259
21260 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21261 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21262
21263 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21264 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21265 instead of sending it to the printer.
21266
21267 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21268 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21269 image in a file with that name.
21270
21271 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21274 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21275
21276 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21279 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21280
21281 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21282
21283 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21284 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21285
21286 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21287
21288 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21289 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21290
21291 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21292
21293 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21294 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21295
21296 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21299 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21300
21301 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21302 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21303 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21304 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21305
21306 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21307 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21308 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21309 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21310 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21311 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21312 file name.
21313
21314 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21317 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21318
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21322 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21323
21324 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21325 right.
21326 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21327 bottom.
21328
21329 \(fn)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21332 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21333
21334 \(fn)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21337 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21338
21339 \(fn)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21342 Toggle printing with faces.
21343
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21347 Toggle spooling.
21348
21349 \(fn)" t nil)
21350
21351 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21352 Toggle duplex.
21353
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21357 Toggle tumble.
21358
21359 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21360 right.
21361 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21362 bottom.
21363
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21367 Toggle landscape.
21368
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21372 Toggle upside-down.
21373
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21377 Toggle line number.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21382 Toggle zebra stripes.
21383
21384 \(fn)" t nil)
21385
21386 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21387 Toggle printing header.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21392 Toggle printing header frame.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21397 Toggle menu lock.
21398
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21402 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21407 Toggle auto mode.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21412 Customization of the `printing' group.
21413
21414 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21417 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21418
21419 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21422 Help for the printing package.
21423
21424 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21427 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21432 Interactively select a text printer.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21437 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21438
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21442 Show current ps-print settings.
21443
21444 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21447 Show current printing settings.
21448
21449 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21452 Show current lpr settings.
21453
21454 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21457 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21458
21459 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21460 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21461 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21462 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21463
21464
21465 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21466
21467 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21468 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21469 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21470
21471 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21472 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21473 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21474 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21475 current active printer.
21476
21477 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21478 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21479 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21480 printer.
21481
21482 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21483 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21484 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21485 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21486 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21487
21488
21489 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21490 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21491
21492 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21493
21494 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21495 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21496 be done using the new current active printer.
21497
21498 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21499 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21500 printer.
21501
21502 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21503 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21504 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21505 instead of sending it to the printer.
21506
21507 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21508 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21509 printer.
21510
21511 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21512
21513
21514 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21515 are both set to t.
21516
21517 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21518
21519 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21520 Fast fire function for text printing.
21521
21522 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21523 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21524 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21525 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21526
21527 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21528 user for a new active text printer.
21529
21530 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21531
21532 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21533
21534 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21535 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21536 printer.
21537
21538 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21539
21540 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21541 are both set to t.
21542
21543 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21544
21545 ;;;***
21546 \f
21547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21609 55608 852266 580000))
21548 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21549
21550 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21551 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21552 \\<proced-mode-map>
21553 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21554 the process information.
21555
21556 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21557
21558 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21559 Proced buffers.
21560
21561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21562
21563 ;;;***
21564 \f
21565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21607 54478 800121
21566 ;;;;;; 42000))
21567 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21568
21569 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21570 Start/restart profilers.
21571 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21572 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21573 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21574
21575 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21576
21577 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21578 Open profile FILENAME.
21579
21580 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21581
21582 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21583 Open profile FILENAME.
21584
21585 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21586
21587 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21588 Open profile FILENAME.
21589
21590 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21591
21592 ;;;***
21593 \f
21594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21607 54478
21595 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
21596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21597
21598 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21599 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21600
21601 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21602 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21603
21604 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21605
21606 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21607 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21608
21609 Commands:
21610 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21611
21612 \(fn)" t nil)
21613
21614 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21615 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21616 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21617
21618 \(fn)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21621 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21622 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21623
21624 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21625
21626 ;;;***
21627 \f
21628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
21629 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21630
21631 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21632 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21633 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21634
21635 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21636
21637 ;;;***
21638 \f
21639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21607 54478
21640 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
21641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21642 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21643
21644 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21645 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21646
21647 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21648
21649 The following variables hold user options, and can
21650 be set through the `customize' command:
21651
21652 `ps-mode-tab'
21653 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21654 `ps-mode-print-function'
21655 `ps-run-prompt'
21656 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21657 `ps-run-x'
21658 `ps-run-dumb'
21659 `ps-run-init'
21660 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21661 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21662
21663 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21664
21665
21666 \\{ps-mode-map}
21667
21668
21669 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21670 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21671 The keymap for this second window is:
21672
21673 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21674
21675
21676 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21677 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21678 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21679 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21680 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21681
21682 \(fn)" t nil)
21683
21684 ;;;***
21685 \f
21686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21607 54478 800121
21687 ;;;;;; 42000))
21688 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21689 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21690
21691 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21692 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21693 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21694
21695 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21696
21697 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21698 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21699 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21700 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21701
21702 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21703
21704 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21705 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21706
21707 Valid values are:
21708
21709 nil Do not print colors.
21710
21711 t Print colors.
21712
21713 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21714 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21715
21716 Any other value is treated as t.")
21717
21718 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21719
21720 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21721 Customization of ps-print group.
21722
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21724
21725 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21726 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21727
21728 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21729 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21730 sending it to the printer.
21731
21732 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21733 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21734 image in a file with that name.
21735
21736 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21737
21738 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21739 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21740 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21741 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21742 so it has a way to determine color values.
21743
21744 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21747 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21748 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21749
21750 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21751
21752 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21753 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21754 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21755 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21756 so it has a way to determine color values.
21757
21758 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21759
21760 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21761 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21762 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21763 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21764
21765 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21766
21767 \(fn)" t nil)
21768
21769 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21770 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21771 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21772 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21773 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21774
21775 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21776
21777 \(fn)" t nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21780 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21781 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21782
21783 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21784
21785 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21786
21787 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21788 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21789 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21790 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21791 so it has a way to determine color values.
21792
21793 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21794
21795 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21796
21797 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21798 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21799
21800 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21801 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21802 instead of sending it to the printer.
21803
21804 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21805 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21806 image in a file with that name.
21807
21808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21809
21810 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21811 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21812 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21813 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21814 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21815
21816 \(fn)" t nil)
21817
21818 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21819 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21820 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21821
21822 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21823
21824 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21825 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21826 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21827
21828 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21829
21830 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21831 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21832
21833 \(fn)" nil nil)
21834
21835 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21836 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21837
21838 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21839 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21840
21841 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21842 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21843
21844 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21845
21846 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21847
21848 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21849
21850 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21851 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21852
21853 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21854 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21855
21856 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21857 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21858
21859 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21860
21861 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21862
21863 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21864
21865 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21866 foreground and background colors respectively.
21867
21868 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21869 bold - use bold font.
21870 italic - use italic font.
21871 underline - put a line under text.
21872 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21873 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21874 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21875 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21876 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21877
21878 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21879
21880 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21881
21882 ;;;***
21883 \f
21884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21638 55899 942254
21885 ;;;;;; 689000))
21886 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21887 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21888
21889 ;;;***
21890 \f
21891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21663 59071
21892 ;;;;;; 96337 184000))
21893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21894 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21895
21896 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21897
21898 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21899
21900 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21901 Run an inferior Python process.
21902
21903 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
21904 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
21905 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
21906 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
21907 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21908
21909 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
21910 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
21911 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
21912 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
21913
21914 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21915 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21916 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21917
21918 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21919
21920 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21921 Major mode for editing Python files.
21922
21923 \\{python-mode-map}
21924
21925 \(fn)" t nil)
21926
21927 ;;;***
21928 \f
21929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
21930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21931
21932 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21933 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21934 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21935 coding-system.
21936
21937 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21938 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21939
21940 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21941 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21942 them into characters should be done separately.
21943
21944 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21945
21946 ;;;***
21947 \f
21948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21607 54478
21949 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
21950 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21951
21952 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21953 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21954
21955 \(fn)" nil nil)
21956
21957 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21958 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21959 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21960
21961 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21962 `quail-activate', which see.
21963
21964 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21965
21966 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21967 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21968 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21969 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21970 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21971 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21972 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21973
21974 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21975 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21976 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21977 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21978 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21979 shown.
21980 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21981
21982 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21983 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21984 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21985 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21986 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21987 list of candidates.
21988
21989 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21990 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21991 command to be called.
21992
21993 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21994 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21995 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21996 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21997
21998 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21999 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22000 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22001 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22002 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22003 to t.
22004
22005 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22006 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22007 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22008 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22009
22010 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22011 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22012 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22013 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22014 defines no translations for single character keys.
22015
22016 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22017 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22018 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22019 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22020 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22021 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22022
22023 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22024 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22025 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22026 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22027 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22028 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22029
22030 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22031 covers Quail translation region.
22032
22033 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22034 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22035 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22036 for it) is inserted.
22037
22038 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22039 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22040 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22041
22042 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22043 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22044 non-Quail commands.
22045
22046 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22047
22048 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22049 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22050
22051 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22052 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22053 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22054 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22055 you type is correctly handled.
22056
22057 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22058
22059 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22060 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22061
22062 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22063 keyboard type.
22064
22065 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22066
22067 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22068 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22069 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22070 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22071 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22072 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22073 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22074 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22075 for the translation.
22076 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22077
22078 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22079 it is used to handle KEY.
22080
22081 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22082 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22083 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22084 the following annotation types are supported.
22085
22086 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22087 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22088
22089 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22090 candidate list.
22091
22092 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22093 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22094 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22095 inserted.
22096
22097 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22098 generated for the following translations.
22099
22100 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22101
22102 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22103 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22104
22105 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22106 which to install MAP.
22107
22108 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22109
22110 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22111
22112 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22113 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22114
22115 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22116 which to install MAP.
22117
22118 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22119
22120 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22121
22122 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22123 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22124 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22125 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22126 a function, or a cons.
22127 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22128 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22129 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22130 for the translation.
22131 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22132 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22133 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22134 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22135 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22136
22137 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22138 it is used to handle KEY.
22139
22140 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22141 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22142 current Quail package.
22143
22144 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22145 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22146
22147 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22148
22149 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22150 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22151
22152 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22153 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22154
22155 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22156
22157 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22158 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22159
22160 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22161
22162 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22163 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22164 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22165 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22166 of the Emacs source tree.
22167
22168 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22169 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22170
22171 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22172 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22173 of each directory.
22174
22175 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22176
22177 ;;;***
22178 \f
22179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21607
22180 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
22181 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22182
22183 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22184 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22185 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22186 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22187
22188 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22189
22190 ;;;***
22191 \f
22192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22193 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22195
22196 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22197 Activate UCS input method.
22198 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22199
22200 While this input method is active, the variable
22201 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22202
22203 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22204
22205 ;;;***
22206 \f
22207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21607 54478 300138
22208 ;;;;;; 641000))
22209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22210
22211 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22212 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22213 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22214 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22215
22216 To make use of this do something like:
22217
22218 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22219
22220 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22221
22222 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22223 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22224
22225 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22226 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22227 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22228
22229 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22230
22231 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22232 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22233
22234 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22235
22236 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22237 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22238
22239 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22240 is decided.
22241
22242 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22243
22244 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22245 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22246
22247 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22248 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22249 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22250
22251 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22252
22253 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22254 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22255
22256 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22257
22258 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22259 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22260
22261 \(fn)" t nil)
22262
22263 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22264 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22265
22266 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22267
22268 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22269
22270 \(fn)" t nil)
22271
22272 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22273 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22274
22275 \(fn)" t nil)
22276
22277 ;;;***
22278 \f
22279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21607 54478 300138
22280 ;;;;;; 641000))
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22282
22283 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22284 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22285
22286 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22287
22288 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22289
22290 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22291
22292 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22293
22294 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22295
22296
22297 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22298
22299 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22300 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22301 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22304 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22305
22306 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22307
22308 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22309 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22311 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22312 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22313
22314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22315
22316 ;;;***
22317 \f
22318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21607
22319 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
22320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22321
22322 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22323
22324 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22325 Construct a regexp interactively.
22326 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22327 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22328 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22329
22330 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22331 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22332
22333 \(fn)" t nil)
22334
22335 ;;;***
22336 \f
22337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21607 54478 800121
22338 ;;;;;; 42000))
22339 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22340
22341 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22342 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22343 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22346 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22347
22348 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22349
22350 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22351 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22352 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22353 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22354 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22355
22356 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22357 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22358 were operated on recently.
22359
22360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22361
22362 ;;;***
22363 \f
22364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
22365 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22366
22367 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22368 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22369 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22370 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22371 ends.
22372
22373 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22374 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22375 to be deleted.
22376
22377 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22378
22379 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22380 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22381 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22382
22383 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22384 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22385 deleted.
22386
22387 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22388
22389 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22390 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22391 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22392
22393 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22394
22395 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22396 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22397
22398 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22399 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22400
22401 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22402 deleted.
22403
22404 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22405 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22406 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22407 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22408 even beep.)
22409
22410 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22411
22412 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22413 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22414
22415 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22416
22417 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22418 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22419
22420 \(fn)" t nil)
22421
22422 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22423 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22424 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22425 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22426 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22427 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22428 and point is at the lower right corner.
22429
22430 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22431
22432 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22434
22435 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22436 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22437
22438 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22439 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22440 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22441
22442 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22443
22444 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22445
22446 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22447 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22448 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22449 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22450 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22451
22452 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22453 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22454
22455 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22456
22457 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22458 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22459 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22460
22461 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22462
22463 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22464
22465 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22466
22467 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22468 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22469
22470 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22471 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22472 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22473
22474 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22475
22476 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22477 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22478 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22479
22480 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22481 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22482 rectangle which were empty.
22483
22484 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22485
22486 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22487 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22488
22489 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22490 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22491 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22492 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22493
22494 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22495
22496 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22497 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22498 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22499
22500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22501
22502 ;;;***
22503 \f
22504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21607 54478
22505 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22507
22508 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22509 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22513
22514 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22515 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22516 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22517 auto-filling.
22518
22519 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22520
22521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22522
22523 ;;;***
22524 \f
22525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21607 54478
22526 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22528 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22529 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22530 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22531 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22532
22533 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22534 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22535
22536 \(fn)" nil nil)
22537
22538 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22539 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22540
22541 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22542 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22543
22544 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22545 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22546 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22547 \\ref macro.
22548
22549 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22550 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22551 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22552
22553 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22554 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22555 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22556
22557 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22558 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22559
22560 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22561 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22562
22563 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22564 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22565 on the menu bar.
22566
22567 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22568
22569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22570
22571 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22572 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22573 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22574
22575 \(fn)" nil nil)
22576
22577 ;;;***
22578 \f
22579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21607
22580 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
22581 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22582 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22583 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22584 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22585 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22586
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21607
22590 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22592
22593 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22594 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22595 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22596 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22597 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22598 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22599
22600 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22601 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22602
22603 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22604 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22605 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22606 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22607
22608 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22609
22610 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22611 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22612 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22613 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22614
22615 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22616
22617 ;;;***
22618 \f
22619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21607 54477 800124
22620 ;;;;;; 118000))
22621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22622 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22623
22624 ;;;***
22625 \f
22626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21607 54478
22627 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
22628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22629 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22630
22631 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22632 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22633 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22634 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22635
22636 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22637
22638 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22639
22640 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22641 Call `remember' in another frame.
22642
22643 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22644
22645 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22646 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22647 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22648
22649 \(fn)" t nil)
22650
22651 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22652 Extract diary entries from the region.
22653
22654 \(fn)" nil nil)
22655
22656 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22657 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22658 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22659 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22660
22661 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22662
22663 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22664 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22665 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22666 minor mode.
22667
22668 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22669
22670 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22671 Return the buffer.
22672
22673 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22674 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22675 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22676
22677 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22678
22679 ;;;***
22680 \f
22681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
22682 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22683 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22684
22685 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22686 Repeat most recently executed command.
22687 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22688 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22689 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22690
22691 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22692 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22693 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22694 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22695
22696 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22697 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22698 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22699
22700 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22701
22702 ;;;***
22703 \f
22704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21607 54478
22705 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
22706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22707
22708 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22709 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22710
22711 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22712 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22713 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22714 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22715 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22716 and point is left after the salutation.
22717
22718 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22719 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22720 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22721 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22722 left after that text.
22723
22724 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22725 is non-nil.
22726
22727 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22728 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22729 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22730 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22731
22732 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22733
22734 ;;;***
22735 \f
22736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21607 54478 800121
22737 ;;;;;; 42000))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22739
22740 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22741 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22742 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22743 visibility of comments that precede it.
22744 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22745 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22746 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22747 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22748 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22749 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22750 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22751 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22752 the comment lines.
22753 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22754 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22755 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22756 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22757 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22758
22759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22760
22761 ;;;***
22762 \f
22763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22765
22766 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22767 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22769 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22770 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22771
22772 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22773 reveals invisible text around point.
22774
22775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22776
22777 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22778 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22779 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22781 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22782 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22783
22784 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22785
22786 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22787 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22788 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22789
22790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22791 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22792 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22793
22794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22795
22796 ;;;***
22797 \f
22798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21607 54477 800124
22799 ;;;;;; 118000))
22800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22801
22802 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22803 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22804
22805 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22806
22807 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22808 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22809
22810 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22811
22812 ;;;***
22813 \f
22814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21607 54478 300138
22815 ;;;;;; 641000))
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22817
22818 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22819 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22820 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22821 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22822
22823 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22824
22825 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22826 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22827 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22828 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22829
22830 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22831 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22832
22833 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22834 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22835
22836 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22837 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22838 INPUT-ARGS.
22839
22840 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22841 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22842 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22843 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22844 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22845
22846 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22847 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22848 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22849 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22850
22851 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22852 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22853 variable.
22854
22855 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22856
22857 ;;;***
22858 \f
22859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21607 54478 300138
22860 ;;;;;; 641000))
22861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22862
22863 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22864 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22865
22866 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22867
22868 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22869
22870 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22871 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22872 Its name should end with a slash.")
22873
22874 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22875 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22876
22877 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22878 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22879 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22880
22881 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22882
22883 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22884 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22885 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22886 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22887 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22888 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22889 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22890
22891 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22892 sent by you under different user names.
22893 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22894
22895 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22896
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22898
22899 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22900
22901 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22902 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22903 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22904 explicitly.")
22905
22906 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22907
22908 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22909 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22910 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22911 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22912 which normally happens once for each message,
22913 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22914 To make a change in this variable take effect
22915 for a message that you have already viewed,
22916 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22917
22918 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22919
22920 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22921 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22922 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22923 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22924
22925 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22926
22927 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22928 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22929
22930 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22931
22932 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22933 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22934 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22935
22936 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22937
22938 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22939 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22940 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22941 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22942 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22943 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22944
22945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22946
22947 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22948 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22949
22950 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22951
22952 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22953 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22954
22955 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22956
22957 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22958 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22959
22960 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22961 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22962
22963 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22964
22965 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22966 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22967
22968 This is set to nil by default.")
22969
22970 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22971 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22972 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22973 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22974 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22975 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22976 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22977
22978 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22979 Read and edit incoming mail.
22980 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22981 file in RMAIL Mode.
22982 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22983
22984 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22985 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22986 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22987 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22988
22989 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22990
22991 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22992
22993 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22994 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22995 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22996 Instead, these commands are available:
22997
22998 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22999 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23000 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23001 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23002 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23003 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23004 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23005 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23006 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23007 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23008 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23009 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23010 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23011 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23012 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23013 till a deleted message is found.
23014 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23015 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23016 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23017 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23018 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23019 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23020 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23021 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23022 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23023 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23024 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23025 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23026 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23027 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23028 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23029 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23030 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23031 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23032 (label defaults to last one specified).
23033 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23034 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23035 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23036 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23037 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23038 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23039 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23040 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23041 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23042
23043 \(fn)" t nil)
23044
23045 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23046 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23047
23048 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23049
23050 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23051 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23052
23053 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23054
23055 ;;;***
23056 \f
23057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21607 54478
23058 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23060 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23061
23062 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23063 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23064 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23065 case it writes Babyl.
23066
23067 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23068 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23069 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23070 `rmail-default-file'.
23071
23072 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23073 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23074 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23075
23076 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23077 the header display is currently pruned.
23078
23079 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23080 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23081 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23082 messages after output.
23083
23084 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23085 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23086 message (if writing a file directly).
23087
23088 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23089 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23090
23091 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23092
23093 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23094 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23095 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23096 i) the header is output as currently seen
23097 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23098 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23099
23100 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23101 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23102 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23103
23104 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23105
23106 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23107 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23108 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23109 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23110 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23111 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23112 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23113
23114 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23115 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23116 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23117
23118 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23119
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21607 54478
23123 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23125
23126 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23127 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23128 Return a pattern.
23129
23130 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23131
23132 ;;;***
23133 \f
23134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21607 54478
23135 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23136 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23137
23138 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23139 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23140 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23141 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23142
23143 \(fn)" t nil)
23144
23145 ;;;***
23146 \f
23147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21607 54478
23148 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23149 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23150
23151 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23152 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23153
23154 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23155 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23156 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23157 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23158 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23159 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23160 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23161 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23162 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23163 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23164
23165 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23166 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23167 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23168 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23169 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23170 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23171 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23172 to use for finding the schema.
23173
23174 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23175
23176 ;;;***
23177 \f
23178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21607 54478 300138
23179 ;;;;;; 641000))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23181
23182 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23183
23184 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23185 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23186 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23187 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23188 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23189 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23190 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23191 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23192 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23193 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23194 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23195 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23196 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23197 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23198 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23199 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23200 must be equal.
23201
23202 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23203
23204 ;;;***
23205 \f
23206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21607 54478
23207 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23208 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23209
23210 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23211 Define a robin package.
23212
23213 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23214 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23215 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23216 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23217
23218 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23219 one replaces the old one.
23220
23221 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23222
23223 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23224 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23225
23226 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23227 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23228 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23229
23230 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23231
23232 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23233 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23234
23235 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23236
23237 ;;;***
23238 \f
23239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
23240 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23241
23242 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23243 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23244
23245 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23246
23247 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23248 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23249
23250 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23251
23252 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23253 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23254
23255 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23256
23257 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23258 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23259 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23260
23261 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23262 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23263 in ROT13.
23264
23265 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23266
23267 \(fn)" t nil)
23268
23269 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23270 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23271
23272 \(fn)" t nil)
23273
23274 ;;;***
23275 \f
23276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21607 54478 800121
23277 ;;;;;; 42000))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23280
23281 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23282 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23283 \\<rst-mode-map>
23284
23285 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23286 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23287 highlighting.
23288
23289 \\{rst-mode-map}
23290
23291 \(fn)" t nil)
23292
23293 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23294 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23297 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23298
23299 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23300 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23301 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23302
23303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23304
23305 ;;;***
23306 \f
23307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21657
23308 ;;;;;; 20283 330825 807000))
23309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23310 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23311
23312 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23313 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23314
23315 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23316
23317 \(fn)" t nil)
23318
23319 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23320
23321 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23322
23323 ;;;***
23324 \f
23325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21607 54478 800121
23326 ;;;;;; 42000))
23327 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23328 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23329
23330 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23331 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23332 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23333
23334 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23335 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23336 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23337 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23338 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23339
23340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23341
23342 ;;;***
23343 \f
23344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21607 54477 800124
23345 ;;;;;; 118000))
23346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23347
23348 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23349 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23350 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23351 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23352
23353 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23354
23355 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23356 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23357 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23358
23359 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23360 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23361 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23362
23363 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23364 notation.
23365
23366 STRING
23367 matches string STRING literally.
23368
23369 CHAR
23370 matches character CHAR literally.
23371
23372 `not-newline', `nonl'
23373 matches any character except a newline.
23374
23375 `anything'
23376 matches any character
23377
23378 `(any SET ...)'
23379 `(in SET ...)'
23380 `(char SET ...)'
23381 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23382 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23383 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23384
23385 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23386 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23387 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23388 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23389
23390 `(not (any SET ...))'
23391 matches any character not in SET ...
23392
23393 `line-start', `bol'
23394 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23395 in the text being matched
23396
23397 `line-end', `eol'
23398 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23399
23400 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23402 string being matched against.
23403
23404 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23405 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23406 string being matched against.
23407
23408 `buffer-start'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23410 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23411
23412 `buffer-end'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23414 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23415
23416 `point'
23417 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23418
23419 `word-start', `bow'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23421
23422 `word-end', `eow'
23423 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23424
23425 `word-boundary'
23426 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23427 word.
23428
23429 `(not word-boundary)'
23430 `not-word-boundary'
23431 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23432 word.
23433
23434 `symbol-start'
23435 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23436
23437 `symbol-end'
23438 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23439
23440 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23441 matches 0 through 9.
23442
23443 `control', `cntrl'
23444 matches ASCII control characters.
23445
23446 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23447 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23448
23449 `blank'
23450 matches space and tab only.
23451
23452 `graphic', `graph'
23453 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23454 space, and DEL.
23455
23456 `printing', `print'
23457 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23458 and DEL.
23459
23460 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23461 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23462 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23463
23464 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23465 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23466 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23467
23468 `ascii'
23469 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23470
23471 `nonascii'
23472 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23473
23474 `lower', `lower-case'
23475 matches anything lower-case.
23476
23477 `upper', `upper-case'
23478 matches anything upper-case.
23479
23480 `punctuation', `punct'
23481 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23482 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23483
23484 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23485 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23486
23487 `word', `wordchar'
23488 matches anything that has word syntax.
23489
23490 `not-wordchar'
23491 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23492
23493 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23494 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23495 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23496 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23497
23498 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23499 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23500 `word' (\\sw)
23501 `symbol' (\\s_)
23502 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23503 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23504 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23505 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23506 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23507 `escape' (\\s\\)
23508 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23509 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23510 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23511 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23512 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23513
23514 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23515 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23516
23517 `(category CATEGORY)'
23518 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23519 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23520
23521 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23522 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23523 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23524 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23525 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23526 `symbol' (\\c5)
23527 `digit' (\\c6)
23528 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23529 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23530 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23531 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23532 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23533 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23534 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23535 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23536 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23537 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23538 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23539 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23540 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23541 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23542 `ascii' (\\ca)
23543 `arabic' (\\cb)
23544 `chinese' (\\cc)
23545 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23546 `greek' (\\cg)
23547 `korean' (\\ch)
23548 `indian' (\\ci)
23549 `japanese' (\\cj)
23550 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23551 `latin' (\\cl)
23552 `lao' (\\co)
23553 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23554 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23555 `thai' (\\ct)
23556 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23557 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23558 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23559 `can-break' (\\c|)
23560
23561 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23562 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23563
23564 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23565 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23566 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23567 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23568 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23569
23570 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23571 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23572 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23573 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23574
23575 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23576 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23577 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23578 group number N.
23579
23580 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23581 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23582 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23583 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23584 regular expression.
23585
23586 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23587 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23588 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23589 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23590 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23591
23592 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23593 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23594
23595 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23596 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23597
23598 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23599 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23600 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23601
23602 `(* SEXP ...)'
23603 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23604 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23605
23606 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23607 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23608 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23609
23610 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23611 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23612 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23613
23614 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23615 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23616
23617 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23618 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23619
23620 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23621 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23622 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23623 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23624
23625 `(? SEXP ...)'
23626 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23627
23628 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23629 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23630
23631 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23632 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23633 matches N occurrences.
23634
23635 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23636 matches N or more occurrences.
23637
23638 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23639 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23640 matches N to M occurrences.
23641
23642 `(backref N)'
23643 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23644
23645 `(eval FORM)'
23646 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23647 `regexp-quote' it.
23648
23649 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23650 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23651
23652 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23653
23654 ;;;***
23655 \f
23656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21607 54478
23657 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23658 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23659 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23660
23661 ;;;***
23662 \f
23663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21607 54478 800121
23664 ;;;;;; 42000))
23665 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23666 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23667
23668 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23669 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23670 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23673 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23674
23675 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23676
23677 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23678 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23680 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23681 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23682
23683 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23684 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23685 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23686 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23687
23688 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23689 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23690 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23691
23692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23693
23694 ;;;***
23695 \f
23696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21607 54478
23697 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23699
23700 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23701 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23702 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23703
23704 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23705 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23706 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23707 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23708 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23709 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23710 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23711 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23712
23713 Commands:
23714 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23715 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23716 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23717
23718 \(fn)" t nil)
23719
23720 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23721 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23722 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23723
23724 Commands:
23725 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23726 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23727 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23728 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23729 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23730 that variable's value is a string.
23731
23732 \(fn)" t nil)
23733
23734 ;;;***
23735 \f
23736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21607 54478
23737 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23739
23740 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23741 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23742 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23743
23744 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23745
23746 \(fn)" t nil)
23747
23748 ;;;***
23749 \f
23750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21607 54478 800121
23751 ;;;;;; 42000))
23752 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23753
23754 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23755 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23756 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23758 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23759 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23760
23761 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23762
23763 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23764 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23765 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23766 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23767 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23768
23769 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23770 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23771
23772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23773
23774 ;;;***
23775 \f
23776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21607 54478
23777 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
23778 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23779
23780 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23781 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23783 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23784 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23785 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23786 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23787 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23788
23789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23790
23791 ;;;***
23792 \f
23793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21607 54478 300138
23794 ;;;;;; 641000))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23796 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23797 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23798
23799 ;;;***
23800 \f
23801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21645 29116
23802 ;;;;;; 670141 789000))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23804 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23805
23806 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23807 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23808 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23809
23810 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23811 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23812 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23813 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23814 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23815 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23816 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23817 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23818 keybinding for tag names.
23819 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23820 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23821 of the symbol under point.
23822 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23823 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23824 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23825 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23826 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23827 syntax tokens.
23828 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23829
23830 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23831
23832 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23833 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23834 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23836 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23837 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23838
23839 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23840
23841 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23842 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23844 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23845 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23846
23847 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23848 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23849 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23850 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23851 Semantic mode.
23852
23853 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23854
23855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23856
23857 ;;;***
23858 \f
23859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23860 ;;;;;; (21607 54477 800124 118000))
23861 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23862
23863 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23864 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23865
23866 \(fn)" t nil)
23867
23868 ;;;***
23869 \f
23870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23871 ;;;;;; (21607 54477 800124 118000))
23872 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23873
23874 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23875 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23876
23877 \(fn)" t nil)
23878
23879 ;;;***
23880 \f
23881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21607 54478
23882 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23884
23885 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23886 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23887
23888 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23889 king@grassland.com
23890 If `parens', they look like:
23891 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23892 If `angles', they look like:
23893 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23894
23895 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23896 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23897
23898 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23899
23900 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23901 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23902 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23903 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23904
23905 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23906 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23907 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23908 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23909
23910 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23911
23912 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23913 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23914 This is done when the message is initialized,
23915 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23916
23917 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23918
23919 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23920 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23921 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23922
23923 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23924
23925 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23926 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23927 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23928 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23929 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23930 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23931 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23932
23933 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23934
23935 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23936 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23937
23938 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23939
23940 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23941 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23942 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23943 be a Babyl file.")
23944
23945 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23946
23947 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23948 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23949 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23950 when you first send mail.")
23951
23952 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23953
23954 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23955 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23956 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23957 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23958 This file need not actually exist.")
23959
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23961
23962 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23963 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23964
23965 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23966
23967 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23968 Alist of mail address aliases,
23969 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23970 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23971 can specify a different file name.)
23972 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23973 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23974
23975 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23976 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23977 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23978
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23980
23981 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23982 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23983 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23984
23985 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23986
23987 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23988 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23989 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23990 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23991 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23992 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23993 in the cited portion of the message.
23994
23995 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23996 instead of no action.")
23997
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23999
24000 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24001 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24002 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24003 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24004 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24005
24006 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24007
24008 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24009 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24010 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24011 If a string, that string is inserted.
24012 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24013 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24014 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24015 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24016
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24018
24019 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24020 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24021
24022 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24023
24024 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24025 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24026 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24027
24028 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24029 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24030
24031 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24032
24033 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24034 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24035 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24036 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24037
24038 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24039
24040 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24041 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24042 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24043
24044 \(fn)" nil nil)
24045
24046 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24047
24048 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24049
24050
24051 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24052
24053 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24054 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24055 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24056
24057 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24058 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24059
24060 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24061 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24062 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24063 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24064 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24065 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24066 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24067 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24068 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24069 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24070 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24071 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24072 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24073 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24074
24075 \(fn)" t nil)
24076
24077 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24078 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24079 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24080 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24081
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24083
24084 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24085 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24086 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24087 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24088 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24089 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24090
24091 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24092 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24093 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24094
24095 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24096 User should not set this variable manually,
24097 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24098 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24099 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24100
24101 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24102 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24103 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24104 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24105
24106 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24107 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24108
24109 \\<mail-mode-map>
24110 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24111
24112 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24113 to move to message header fields:
24114 \\{mail-mode-map}
24115
24116 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24117 when the message is initialized.
24118
24119 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24120 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24121
24122 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24123 is inserted.
24124
24125 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24126 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24127
24128 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24129 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24130 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24131 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24132 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24133 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24134 buffer without erasing the contents.
24135
24136 The second through fifth arguments,
24137 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24138 the initial contents of those header fields.
24139 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24140 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24141 original message being replied to, or else an action
24142 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24143 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24144 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24145 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24146 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24147 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24148
24149 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24150
24151 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24152 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24153
24154 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24155
24156 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24157 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24158
24159 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24160
24161 ;;;***
24162 \f
24163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21649 26173 700491
24164 ;;;;;; 498000))
24165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24166 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24167
24168 ;;;***
24169 \f
24170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
24171 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24172
24173 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24174
24175 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24176
24177 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24178
24179 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24180 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24181 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24182 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24183 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24184 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24185
24186 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24187 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24188
24189 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24190 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24191 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24192
24193 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24194 \\[server-start].
24195
24196 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24197
24198 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24199 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24200 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24201 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24202
24203 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24204
24205 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24206 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24207 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24210 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24211
24212 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24213
24214 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24215 Toggle Server mode.
24216 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24217 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24218 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24219
24220 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24221 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24222 `server-start' for details.
24223
24224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24225
24226 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24227 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24228 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24229
24230 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24231 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24232
24233 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24234
24235 ;;;***
24236 \f
24237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
24238 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24239
24240 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24241 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24242
24243 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24244 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24245 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24246 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24247 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24248
24249 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24250 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24251 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24252 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24253 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24254 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24255
24256 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24257 displayed.
24258
24259 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24260 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24261 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24262
24263 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24264 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24265
24266 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24267 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24268
24269 \\{ses-mode-map}
24270 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24271 part):
24272 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24273 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24274 formula:
24275 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24276
24277 \(fn)" t nil)
24278
24279 ;;;***
24280 \f
24281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21623
24282 ;;;;;; 2108 292281 129000))
24283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24284
24285 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24286 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24287 Makes > match <.
24288 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24289 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24290
24291 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24292 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24293 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24294
24295 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24296 in your init file.
24297
24298 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24299
24300 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24301 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24302 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24303
24304 \(fn)" t nil)
24305
24306 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24307 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24308 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24309 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24310 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24311 which this is based.
24312
24313 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24314
24315 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24316 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24317 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24318 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24319
24320 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24321 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24322 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24323
24324 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24325 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24326 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24327 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24328
24329 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24330 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24331 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24332 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24333
24334 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24335
24336 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24337 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24338 To work around that, do:
24339 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24340
24341 \\{html-mode-map}
24342
24343 \(fn)" t nil)
24344
24345 ;;;***
24346 \f
24347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21663
24348 ;;;;;; 59071 96337 184000))
24349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24350 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24351 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24352
24353 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24354 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24355 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24356 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24357 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24358 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24359
24360 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24361 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24362 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24363 shell-specific features.
24364
24365 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24366 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24367 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24368 \\<sh-mode-map>
24369 \\[sh-case] case statement
24370 \\[sh-for] for loop
24371 \\[sh-function] function definition
24372 \\[sh-if] if statement
24373 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24374 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24375 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24376 \\[sh-select] select loop
24377 \\[sh-until] until loop
24378 \\[sh-while] while loop
24379
24380 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24381 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24382 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24383 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24384 would indent to the way it currently is.
24385 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24386 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24387
24388
24389 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24390 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24391 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24392 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24393 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24394 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24395
24396 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24397 unquoted < insert a here document.
24398
24399 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24400 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24401 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24402
24403 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24404 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24405
24406 \(fn)" t nil)
24407
24408 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24409
24410 ;;;***
24411 \f
24412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21607 54477
24413 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
24414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24415
24416 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24417 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24418
24419 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24420 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24421 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24422
24423 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24424 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24425 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24426 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24427 the earlier.
24428
24429 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24430
24431 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24432
24433 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24434 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24435 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24436
24437 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24438 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24439
24440 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24441 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24442 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24443 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24444 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24445 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24446 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24447 Emacs version).
24448
24449 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24450 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24451 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24452 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24453 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24454
24455 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24456 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24457
24458 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24459
24460 ;;;***
24461 \f
24462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21607 54478 800121
24463 ;;;;;; 42000))
24464 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24465
24466 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24467 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24468 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24469 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24470 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24471 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24472 sites in the cluster.
24473
24474 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24475
24476 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24477 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24478 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24479 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24480 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24481
24482 \(fn)" t nil)
24483
24484 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24485 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24486 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24487 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24488 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24489 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24490 `shadow-define-cluster').
24491
24492 \(fn)" t nil)
24493
24494 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24495 Set up file shadowing.
24496
24497 \(fn)" t nil)
24498
24499 ;;;***
24500 \f
24501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21658 41149 155622 310000))
24502 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24503
24504 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24505 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24506 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24507 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24508 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24509 arguments.")
24510
24511 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24512
24513 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24514 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24515 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24516 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24517 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24518
24519 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24520 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24521 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24522 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24523 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24524 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24525 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24526 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24527 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24528 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24529 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24530
24531 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24532 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24533 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24534 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24535 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24536 `default-process-coding-system'.
24537
24538 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24539 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24540 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24541 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24542
24543 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24544
24545 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24546
24547 ;;;***
24548 \f
24549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21666 35265 825623 21000))
24550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24551
24552 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24553 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24554
24555 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24556
24557 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24558 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24559 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24560 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24561
24562 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24563
24564 ;;;***
24565 \f
24566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21607 54478 300138
24567 ;;;;;; 641000))
24568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24569
24570 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24571
24572
24573 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24574
24575 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24576
24577
24578 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24579
24580 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24581
24582
24583 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24584
24585 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24586
24587
24588 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24589
24590 ;;;***
24591 \f
24592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21607 54478
24593 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24595
24596 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24597 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24598 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24599 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24600 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24601
24602 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24603
24604 \(fn)" t nil)
24605
24606 ;;;***
24607 \f
24608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21607 54478
24609 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
24610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24611
24612 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24613 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24614 \\{simula-mode-map}
24615 Variables controlling indentation style:
24616 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24617 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24618 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24619 `simula-indent-level'
24620 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24621 `simula-substatement-offset'
24622 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24623 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24624 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24625 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24626 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24627 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24628 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24629 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24630 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24631 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24632 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24633 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24634 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24635 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24636 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24637 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24638 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24639 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24640 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24641 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24642 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24643 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24644 or nil if they should not be changed.
24645 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24646 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24647 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24648 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24649
24650 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24651 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24652
24653 \(fn)" t nil)
24654
24655 ;;;***
24656 \f
24657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21607 54478 800121
24658 ;;;;;; 42000))
24659 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24660
24661 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24662 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24663
24664 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24665 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24666 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24667 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24668
24669 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24670
24671 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24672
24673 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24674 Insert SKELETON.
24675 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24676 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24677 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24678 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24679 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24680
24681 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24682 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24683
24684 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24685
24686 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24687 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24688
24689 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24690 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24691 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24692 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24693
24694 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24695 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24696 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24697 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24698
24699 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24700 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24701 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24702
24703 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24704 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24705
24706 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24707 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24708
24709 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24710 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24711 is at bol/eol
24712 _ interesting point, interregion here
24713 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24714 interesting point set by _
24715 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24716 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24717 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24718 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24719 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24720 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24721 nil skipped
24722
24723 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24724 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24725
24726 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24727 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24728 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24729 as the first element when at bol.
24730
24731 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24732 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24733 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24734 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24735 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24736 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24737 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24738 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24739
24740 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24741 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24742 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24743 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24744 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24745 available:
24746
24747 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24748 then: insert previously read string once more
24749 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24750 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24751 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24752
24753 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24754 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24755
24756 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24757
24758 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24759 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24760
24761 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24762 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24763 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24764 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24765 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24766 such as backslash.
24767
24768 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24769 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24770 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24771
24772 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24773
24774 ;;;***
24775 \f
24776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21628 45530
24777 ;;;;;; 160140 360000))
24778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24779
24780 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24781 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24782 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24783 buffer names.
24784
24785 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24786
24787 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24788 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24790 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24791 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24792 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24793
24794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24795
24796 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24797 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24798 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24799
24800 \(fn)" t nil)
24801
24802 ;;;***
24803 \f
24804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21607 54478 300138
24805 ;;;;;; 641000))
24806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24807
24808 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24809 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24810 A list of images is returned.
24811
24812 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24813
24814 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24815 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24816 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24817
24818 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24819
24820 ;;;***
24821 \f
24822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21619 5051 260148
24823 ;;;;;; 536000))
24824 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24825
24826 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24827
24828
24829 \(fn)" nil nil)
24830
24831 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24832 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24833
24834 \(fn)" t nil)
24835
24836 ;;;***
24837 \f
24838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21607 54478 800121
24839 ;;;;;; 42000))
24840 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24841
24842 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24843 Play the Snake game.
24844 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24845
24846 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24847
24848 Snake mode keybindings:
24849 \\<snake-mode-map>
24850 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24851 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24852 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24853 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24854 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24855 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24856 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24857
24858 \(fn)" t nil)
24859
24860 ;;;***
24861 \f
24862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21607 54478
24863 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
24864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24865
24866 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24867 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24868 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24869 Tab indents for C code.
24870 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24871 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24872 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24873 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24874 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24875
24876 \(fn)" t nil)
24877
24878 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24879 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24880 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24881 Tab indents for C code.
24882 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24883 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24884 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24885 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24886 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24887
24888 \(fn)" t nil)
24889
24890 ;;;***
24891 \f
24892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21607 54477 800124
24893 ;;;;;; 118000))
24894 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24895
24896 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24897 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24898 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24899 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24900 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24901
24902 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24903
24904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24905
24906 ;;;***
24907 \f
24908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21607 54478
24909 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
24910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24911
24912 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24913 Play Solitaire.
24914
24915 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24916 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24917 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24918 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24919 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24920 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24921 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24922 check after each move or undo.)
24923
24924 What is Solitaire?
24925
24926 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24927 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24928 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24929
24930 Le Solitaire
24931 ============
24932
24933 o o o
24934
24935 o o o
24936
24937 o o o o o o o
24938
24939 o o o . o o o
24940
24941 o o o o o o o
24942
24943 o o o
24944
24945 o o o
24946
24947 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24948 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24949 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24950 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24951
24952 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24953 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24954 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24955 this: o o .
24956
24957 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24958 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24959
24960 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24961
24962 o o o
24963
24964 . o o
24965
24966 o o . o o o o
24967
24968 o . o o o o o
24969
24970 o o o o o o o
24971
24972 o o o
24973
24974 o o o
24975
24976 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24977
24978 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24979
24980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24981
24982 ;;;***
24983 \f
24984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
24985 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24986 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24987
24988 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24989 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24990
24991 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24992 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24993 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24994 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24995 contiguous.
24996
24997 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24998 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24999 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25000 the sort order.
25001
25002 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25003 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25004
25005 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25006 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25007 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25008 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25009 is called.
25010
25011 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25012 It should move point to the end of the record.
25013
25014 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25015 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25016 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25017 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25018 starts at the beginning of the record.
25019
25020 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25021 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25022 same as ENDRECFUN.
25023
25024 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25025 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25026 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25027 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25028 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25029 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25030 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25031
25032 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25033
25034 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25035 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25036 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25037 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25038 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25039 the sort order.
25040
25041 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25042
25043 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25044 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25045 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25046 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25047 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25048 the sort order.
25049
25050 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25051
25052 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25053 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25054 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25055 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25056 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25057 the sort order.
25058
25059 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25060 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25061
25062 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25063 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25064 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25065 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25066 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25067 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25068 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25069 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25070 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25071
25072 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25073
25074 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25075 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25076 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25077 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25078 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25079 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25080 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25081 the sort order.
25082
25083 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25084
25085 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25086 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25087 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25088 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25089
25090 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25091 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25092
25093 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25094 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25095 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25096 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25097 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25098 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25099 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25100 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25101
25102 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25103
25104 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25105 the sort order.
25106
25107 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25108 starting with the letter \"f\",
25109 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25110
25111 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25112
25113 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25114 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25115 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25116 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25117 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25118 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25119 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25120 the sort order.
25121
25122 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25123 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25124 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25125 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25126 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25127
25128 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25129
25130 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25131 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25132 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25133
25134 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25135
25136 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25137 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25138 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25139 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25140 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25141 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25142 each repeated line.
25143
25144 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25145 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25146 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25147 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25148
25149 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25150 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25151
25152 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25153 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25154
25155 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25156
25157 ;;;***
25158 \f
25159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
25160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25161
25162 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25163 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25164 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25165 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25166 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25167 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25168
25169 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25170
25171 ;;;***
25172 \f
25173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21607
25174 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
25175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25176
25177 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25178 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25179
25180 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25181 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25182 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25183
25184 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25185
25186 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25187 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25188 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25189 server.
25190
25191 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25192
25193 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25194 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25195 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25196
25197 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25198
25199 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25200 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25201 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25202 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25203 Agent is plugged.
25204
25205 \(fn)" t nil)
25206
25207 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25208 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25209 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25210 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25211
25212 \(fn)" t nil)
25213
25214 ;;;***
25215 \f
25216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21607 54478 800121
25217 ;;;;;; 42000))
25218 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25219
25220 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25221
25222 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25223 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25224 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25225 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25226 supported at a time.
25227 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25228 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25229
25230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25231
25232 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25233 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25234 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25235 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25236
25237 \(fn)" t nil)
25238
25239 ;;;***
25240 \f
25241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21607 54478 800121
25242 ;;;;;; 42000))
25243 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25244
25245 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25246 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25247
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25249
25250 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25251 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25252
25253 \(fn)" nil nil)
25254
25255 ;;;***
25256 \f
25257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21607 54478 800121
25258 ;;;;;; 42000))
25259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25260 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25261
25262 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25263 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25264
25265 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25266 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25267 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25268 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25269 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25270 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25271 of the current highlighting list.
25272
25273 For example:
25274
25275 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25276 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25277
25278 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25279 `_t' as data types.
25280
25281 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25282
25283 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25284 Major mode to edit SQL.
25285
25286 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25287 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25288 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25289
25290 \\{sql-mode-map}
25291 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25292
25293 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25294 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25295 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25296 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25297 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25298 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25299
25300 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25301 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25302
25303 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25304 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25305 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25306
25307 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25308 (lambda ()
25309 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25310
25311 \(fn)" t nil)
25312
25313 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25314 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25315
25316 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25317 their settings.
25318
25319 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25320 is specified in the connection settings.
25321
25322 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25323
25324 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25325 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25326
25327 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25328 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25329
25330 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25331 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25332 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25333 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25334
25335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25336
25337 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25338
25339 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25340 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25341
25342 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25343 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25344 `*SQL*'.
25345
25346 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25347 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25348 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25349 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25350
25351 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25352 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25353
25354 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25355 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25356 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25357 buffer.
25358
25359 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25360 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25361 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25362 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25363 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25364 `default-process-coding-system'.
25365
25366 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25367
25368 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25369
25370 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25371 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25372
25373 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25374 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25375 `*SQL*'.
25376
25377 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25378 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25379 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25380 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25381
25382 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25383 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25384
25385 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25386 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25387 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25388 buffer.
25389
25390 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25391 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25392 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25393 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25394 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25395 `default-process-coding-system'.
25396
25397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25398
25399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25400
25401 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25402 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25403
25404 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25405 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25406 `*SQL*'.
25407
25408 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25409 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25410
25411 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25412 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25413
25414 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25415 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25416 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25417 buffer.
25418
25419 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25420 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25421 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25422 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25423 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25424 `default-process-coding-system'.
25425
25426 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25427
25428 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25429
25430 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25431 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25432
25433 SQLite is free software.
25434
25435 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25436 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25437 `*SQL*'.
25438
25439 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25440 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25441 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25442 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25443
25444 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25445 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25446
25447 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25448 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25449 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25450 buffer.
25451
25452 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25453 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25454 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25455 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25456 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25457 `default-process-coding-system'.
25458
25459 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25460
25461 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25462
25463 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25464 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25465
25466 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25467
25468 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25469 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25470 `*SQL*'.
25471
25472 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25473 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25474 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25475 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25476
25477 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25478 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25479
25480 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25481 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25482 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25483 buffer.
25484
25485 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25486 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25487 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25488 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25489 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25490 `default-process-coding-system'.
25491
25492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25493
25494 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25495
25496 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25497 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25498
25499 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25500 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25501 `*SQL*'.
25502
25503 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25504 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25505 defaults, if set.
25506
25507 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25508 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25509
25510 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25511 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25512 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25513 buffer.
25514
25515 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25516 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25518 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25519 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25520 `default-process-coding-system'.
25521
25522 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25523
25524 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25525
25526 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25527 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25528
25529 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25530 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25531 `*SQL*'.
25532
25533 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25534 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25535
25536 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25537 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25538
25539 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25540 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25541 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25542 buffer.
25543
25544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25545 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25547 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25549 `default-process-coding-system'.
25550
25551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25552
25553 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25554
25555 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25556 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25557
25558 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25559 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25560 `*SQL*'.
25561
25562 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25563 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25564 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25565 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25566
25567 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25568 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25569
25570 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25571 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25572 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25573 buffer.
25574
25575 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25576 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25577 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25578 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25579 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25580 `default-process-coding-system'.
25581
25582 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25583
25584 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25585
25586 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25587 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25588
25589 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25590 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25591 `*SQL*'.
25592
25593 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25594 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25595 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25596 `sql-postgres-options'.
25597
25598 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25599 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25600
25601 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25602 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25603 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25604 buffer.
25605
25606 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25607 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25608 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25609 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25610 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25611 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25612 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25613 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25614
25615 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25616 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25617
25618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25619
25620 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25621
25622 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25623 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25624
25625 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25626 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25627 `*SQL*'.
25628
25629 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25630 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25631 defaults, if set.
25632
25633 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25634 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25635
25636 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25637 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25638 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25639 buffer.
25640
25641 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25642 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25643 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25644 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25645 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25646 `default-process-coding-system'.
25647
25648 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25649
25650 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25651
25652 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25653 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25654
25655 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25656 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25657 `*SQL*'.
25658
25659 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25660 automatic login.
25661
25662 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25663 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25664
25665 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25666 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25667 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25668 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25669
25670 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25672 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25673 buffer.
25674
25675 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25676 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25677 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25678 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25679 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25680 `default-process-coding-system'.
25681
25682 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25683
25684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25685
25686 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25687 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25688
25689 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25690 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25691 `*SQL*'.
25692
25693 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25694 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25695 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25696 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25697 parameters.
25698
25699 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25700 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25701 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25702 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25703 an empty password.
25704
25705 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25706 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25707
25708 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25709 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25710 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25711 buffer.
25712
25713 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25714
25715 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25716
25717 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25718 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25719
25720 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25721
25722 ;;;***
25723 \f
25724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21607 54477 800124
25725 ;;;;;; 118000))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25727 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25728
25729 ;;;***
25730 \f
25731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25732 ;;;;;; (21657 20283 330825 807000))
25733 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25734
25735 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25736 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25737
25738 \(fn)" t nil)
25739
25740 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25741
25742 ;;;***
25743 \f
25744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21607 54478
25745 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
25746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25747
25748 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25749 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25750 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25751 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25752 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25753 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25754 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25755 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25756 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25757 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25758 with any buffer
25759 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25760 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25761 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25762 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25763
25764 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25765
25766 ;;;***
25767 \f
25768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21607 54478 800121
25769 ;;;;;; 42000))
25770 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25771
25772 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25773 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25774 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25775 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25776 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25777 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25778
25779 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25780
25781 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25782
25783 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25784 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25785 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25786 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25787 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25788 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25789 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25790
25791 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25792
25793 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25794 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25795 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25796 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25797 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25798 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25799 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25800
25801 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25802
25803 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25804 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25805 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25806
25807 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25808
25809 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25810 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25811 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25812
25813 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25814
25815 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25816 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25817
25818 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25819
25820 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25821 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25822
25823 \(fn)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25826 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25827
25828 \(fn)" t nil)
25829
25830 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25831 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25832 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25833 by command name.
25834 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25835
25836 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25837
25838 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25839 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25840 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25843 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25844
25845 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25846
25847 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25848 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25851 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25852
25853 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25854 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25855 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25856 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25857 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25858
25859 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25860 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25861 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25862 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25863
25864 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25865
25866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25869 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25870 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25871 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25872
25873 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25874
25875 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25876 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25877
25878 \(fn)" t nil)
25879
25880 ;;;***
25881 \f
25882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
25883 ;;;;;; 42000))
25884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25885
25886 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25887 Studlify-case the region.
25888
25889 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25890
25891 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25892 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25893
25894 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25895
25896 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25897 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25898
25899 \(fn)" t nil)
25900
25901 ;;;***
25902 \f
25903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21607 54478
25904 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
25905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25906
25907 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25908
25909 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25910 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25912 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25913 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25914
25915 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25916 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25917 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25918 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25919
25920 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25921 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25922 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25923
25924 Nomenclature Subwords
25925 ===========================================================
25926 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25927 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25928 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25929
25930 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25931 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25932
25933 \\{subword-mode-map}
25934
25935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25936
25937 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25938 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25939 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25941 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25942 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25943
25944 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25945
25946 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25947 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25948 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25949 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25950 ARG is omitted or nil.
25951
25952 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25953 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25954 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25955
25956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25957
25958 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25959 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25961 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25963
25964 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25965 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25966 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25967 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25968
25969 \\{superword-mode-map}
25970
25971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25972
25973 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25974 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25975 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25978 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25979
25980 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25981
25982 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25983 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25984 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25985 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25986 ARG is omitted or nil.
25987
25988 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25989 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25990 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25991
25992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25993
25994 ;;;***
25995 \f
25996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21607 54478
25997 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
25998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25999
26000 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26001 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26002 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26003 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26004 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26005 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26006 original message but it does require a few things:
26007
26008 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26009
26010 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26011 reply buffer.
26012
26013 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26014 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26015 original message.
26016
26017 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26018
26019 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26020
26021 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26022 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26023 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26024
26025 \(fn)" nil nil)
26026
26027 ;;;***
26028 \f
26029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21607 54478 800121
26030 ;;;;;; 42000))
26031 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26032
26033 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26034
26035 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26036 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26037 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26040 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26041
26042 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26043
26044 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26045 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26049
26050 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26051 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26052 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26053
26054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26055
26056 ;;;***
26057 \f
26058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
26059 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26060
26061 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26062 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26063 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26064 buffer.
26065
26066 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26067 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26068 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26069
26070 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26071
26072 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26073 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26074 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26075 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26076 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26077 buffer.
26078
26079 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26080 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26081 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26082
26083 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26084
26085 ;;;***
26086 \f
26087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21607 54478 800121
26088 ;;;;;; 42000))
26089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26090
26091 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26092 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26093 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26094
26095 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26096
26097 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26098 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26099
26100 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26101
26102 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26103 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26104
26105 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26106
26107 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26108 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26109
26110 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26111
26112 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26113 Insert an editable text table.
26114 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26115 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26116 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26117 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26118 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26119 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26120 delimiting them.
26121
26122 Examples:
26123
26124 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26125
26126 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26127 location of point.
26128
26129 -!-
26130
26131 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26132 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26133 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26134 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26135 first cell.
26136
26137 +-----+-----+-----+
26138 |-!- | | |
26139 +-----+-----+-----+
26140
26141 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26142
26143 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26144 width, which results as
26145
26146 +--------------+-----+-----+
26147 |-!- | | |
26148 +--------------+-----+-----+
26149
26150 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26151 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26152
26153 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26154 | | |-!- |
26155 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156
26157 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26158 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26159 width information to `table-insert'.
26160
26161 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26162
26163 instead of
26164
26165 Cell width(s): 5
26166
26167 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26168 work all together.
26169
26170 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26171 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26172
26173 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26174 |-!- | | |
26175 | | | |
26176 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26177
26178 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26179
26180 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181 |-!- | | |
26182 | | | |
26183 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26184 | | | |
26185 | | | |
26186 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26187
26188 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26189
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191 | | | |
26192 | | | |
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26194 | | | |
26195 | | | |
26196 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26197 -!-
26198
26199 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26200 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26201 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26202
26203 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26204 | | | |
26205 | | | |
26206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207 | | | |
26208 | | | |
26209 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26210 |-!- | | |
26211 | | | |
26212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213
26214 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26215 results.
26216
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218 | | | |
26219 | | | |
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26222 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26223 | | |expected results.-!- |
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26225 | | | |
26226 | | | |
26227 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26228
26229 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26230
26231 \\{table-cell-map}
26232
26233 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26234
26235 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26236 Insert N table row(s).
26237 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26238 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26239 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26240 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26241
26242 \(fn N)" t nil)
26243
26244 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26245 Insert N table column(s).
26246 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26247 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26248 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26249 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26250
26251 \(fn N)" t nil)
26252
26253 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26254 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26255 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26256
26257 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26258
26259 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26260 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26261 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26262 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26263 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26264 all the table specific features.
26265
26266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26267
26268 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26269
26270
26271 \(fn)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26274 Recognize all tables within region.
26275 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26276 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26277 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26278 specific features.
26279
26280 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26281
26282 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26283
26284
26285 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26288 Recognize a table at point.
26289 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26290 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26291 the table specific features.
26292
26293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26294
26295 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26296
26297
26298 \(fn)" t nil)
26299
26300 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26301 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26302 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26303 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26304 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26305 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26306 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26307
26308 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26309
26310 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26311
26312
26313 \(fn)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26316 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26317 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26318 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26319 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26320 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26321 specified.
26322
26323 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26324
26325 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26326 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26327 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26328 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26329 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26330 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26331 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26332 table structure.
26333
26334 \(fn N)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26337 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26338 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26339 table's rectangle structure.
26340
26341 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26342
26343 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26344 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26345 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26346 table's rectangle structure.
26347
26348 \(fn N)" t nil)
26349
26350 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26351 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26352 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26353 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26354 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26355
26356 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26357
26358 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26359 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26360 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26361
26362 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26363 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26364 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26365 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26366 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26367 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26368 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26369
26370 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26371 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26372 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26373 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26374 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26375 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26376 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26377
26378 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26379 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26380 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26381 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26382 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26383 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26384 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26385 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26386
26387 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26388
26389 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26390 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26391 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26392 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26393
26394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26395
26396 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26397 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26398 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26399
26400 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26403 Split current cell vertically.
26404 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26405
26406 \(fn)" t nil)
26407
26408 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26409 Split current cell horizontally.
26410 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26411
26412 \(fn)" t nil)
26413
26414 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26415 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26416 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26417
26418 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26419
26420 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26421 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26422 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26423 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26424
26425 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26426
26427 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26428 Justify cell contents.
26429 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26430 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26431 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26432 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26433
26434 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26435
26436 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26437 Justify cells of a row.
26438 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26439 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26440
26441 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26442
26443 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26444 Justify cells of a column.
26445 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26446 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26447
26448 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26449
26450 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26451 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26452 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26453 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26454 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26455 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26456 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26457 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26458 run-time.
26459
26460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26461
26462 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26463 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26464 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26465 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26466 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26467 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26468 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26469 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26470 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26471 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26472 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26473
26474 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26475
26476 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26477 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26478 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26479 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26480 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26481 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26482 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26483 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26484 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26485 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26486 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26487 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26488 untouched.
26489
26490 References used for this implementation:
26491
26492 HTML:
26493 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26494
26495 LaTeX:
26496 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26497
26498 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26499 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26500 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26501
26502 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26503
26504 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26505 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26506 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26507 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26508 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26509 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26510 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26511 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26512 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26513 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26514 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26515 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26516 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26517 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26518 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26519 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26520 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26521
26522 Example:
26523
26524 (progn
26525 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26526 (table-forward-cell 15)
26527 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26528 (table-forward-cell 16)
26529 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26530 (table-forward-cell 1)
26531 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26532
26533 (progn
26534 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26535 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26536 (table-forward-cell 1)
26537 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26538
26539 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26540
26541 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26542 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26543 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26544 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26545 consists from cells of same height.
26546
26547 \(fn N)" t nil)
26548
26549 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26550 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26551 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26552 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26553 column must consists from cells of same width.
26554
26555 \(fn N)" t nil)
26556
26557 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26558 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26559 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26560 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26561 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26562 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26563 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26564 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26565 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26566 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26567 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26568 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26569 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26570 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26571 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26572
26573
26574 Example 1:
26575
26576 1, 2, 3, 4
26577 5, 6, 7, 8
26578 , 9, 10
26579
26580 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26581 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26582 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26583 specified as 5.
26584
26585 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26586 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26587 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26588 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26589 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26590 | | 9 | 10 | |
26591 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26592
26593 Note:
26594
26595 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26596 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26597 of each row is optional.
26598
26599
26600 Example 2:
26601
26602 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26603 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26604 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26605 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26606 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26607
26608 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26609 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26610
26611 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26612 expression and raw delimiter regular
26613 expression, it parses the specified text
26614 area and extracts cell items from
26615 non-table text and then forms a table out
26616 of them.
26617
26618 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26619 creates a single cell table. The text in
26620 the specified region is placed in that
26621 cell.-*-
26622
26623 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26624 like this.
26625
26626 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26627 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26628 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26629 | |
26630 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26631 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26632 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26633 | area and extracts cell items from |
26634 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26635 | of them. |
26636 | |
26637 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26638 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26639 | the specified region is placed in that |
26640 | cell. |
26641 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26642
26643 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26644 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26645 independently.
26646
26647 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26648 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26649 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26650 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26651 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26652 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26653 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26654 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26655 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26656 | |of them. |
26657 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26658 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26659 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26660 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26661 | |cell. |
26662 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26663
26664 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26665 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26666 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26667
26668 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26669
26670 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26671 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26672 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26673 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26674 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26675
26676 \(fn)" t nil)
26677
26678 ;;;***
26679 \f
26680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
26681 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26682
26683 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26684 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26685
26686 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26687
26688 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26689 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26690
26691 \(fn)" t nil)
26692
26693 ;;;***
26694 \f
26695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21607 54478 800121
26696 ;;;;;; 42000))
26697 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26698
26699 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26700 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26701 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26702 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26703 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26704 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26705 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26706
26707 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26708 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26709 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26710 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26711
26712 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26713 \\{tar-mode-map}
26714
26715 \(fn)" t nil)
26716
26717 ;;;***
26718 \f
26719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21607 54478 800121
26720 ;;;;;; 42000))
26721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26722
26723 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26724 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26725 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26726 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26727 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26728 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26729
26730 Variables controlling indentation style:
26731 `tcl-indent-level'
26732 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26733 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26734 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26735
26736 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26737 documentation for details):
26738 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26739 Controls action of TAB key.
26740 `tcl-auto-newline'
26741 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26742 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26743 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26744 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26745 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26746
26747 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26748 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26749 already exist.
26750
26751 \(fn)" t nil)
26752
26753 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26754 Run inferior Tcl process.
26755 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26756 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26757
26758 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26759
26760 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26761 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26762 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26763
26764 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26765
26766 ;;;***
26767 \f
26768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21607 54478 300138
26769 ;;;;;; 641000))
26770 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26771
26772 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26773 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26774 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26775 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26776
26777 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26778 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26779 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26780 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26781 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26782
26783 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26784
26785 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26786 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26787 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26788 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26789
26790 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26791
26792 ;;;***
26793 \f
26794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
26795 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26796
26797 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26798 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26799 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26800 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26801 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26802 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26803
26804 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26805
26806 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26807 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26808 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26809 commands to use in that buffer.
26810
26811 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26812
26813 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26814
26815 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26816 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26817
26818 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26819
26820 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26821 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26822 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26823 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26824 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26825 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26826 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26827 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26828 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26829 use in that buffer.
26830 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26831
26832 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26833
26834 ;;;***
26835 \f
26836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21607
26837 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
26838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26839
26840 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26841 Start coverage on function under point.
26842
26843 \(fn)" t nil)
26844
26845 ;;;***
26846 \f
26847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21607 54478 800121
26848 ;;;;;; 42000))
26849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26850 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26851
26852 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26853 Play the Tetris game.
26854 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26855 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26856 as to form complete rows.
26857
26858 tetris-mode keybindings:
26859 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26860 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26861 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26862 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26863 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26864 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26865 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26866 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26867 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26868
26869 \(fn)" t nil)
26870
26871 ;;;***
26872 \f
26873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21663 59071
26874 ;;;;;; 96337 184000))
26875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26876
26877 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26878 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26879
26880 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26881
26882 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26883 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26884 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26885 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26886 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26887
26888 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26889
26890 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26891 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26892 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26893 if it matches the first line of the file,
26894 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26895
26896 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26897
26898 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26899 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26900 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26901 if the variable is non-nil.")
26902
26903 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26904
26905 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26906 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26907
26908 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26909
26910 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26911 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26912 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26913 See the documentation of that variable.")
26914
26915 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26916
26917 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26918 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26919 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26920 See the documentation of that variable.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26925 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26926 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26927 See the documentation of that variable.")
26928
26929 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26930
26931 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26932 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26933 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26934 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26935 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26936
26937 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26938
26939 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26940 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26941 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26942 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26943
26944 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26945
26946 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26947 User defined LaTeX block names.
26948 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26949
26950 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26951
26952 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26953 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26954 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26955 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26956
26957 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26958
26959 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26960 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26961 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26962 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26963
26964 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26965
26966 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26967 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26968 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26969 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26970
26971 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26972 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26973 for example,
26974
26975 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26976 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26977
26978 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26979 use.")
26980
26981 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26982
26983 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26984 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26985 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26986 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26987 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26988
26989 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26990
26991 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26992
26993 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26994 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26995 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26996
26997 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26998
26999 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27000 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27001 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27002 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27003 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27004
27005 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27006
27007 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27008 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27009
27010 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27011
27012 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27013 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27014
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27016
27017 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27018 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27019 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27020 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27021 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27022 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27023 says which mode to use.
27024
27025 \(fn)" t nil)
27026
27027 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27028
27029 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27030
27031 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27032
27033 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27034 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27035 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27036 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27037 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27038
27039 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27040 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27041 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27042 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27043 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27044 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27045 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27046
27047 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27048 mismatched $'s or braces.
27049
27050 Special commands:
27051 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27052
27053 Mode variables:
27054 tex-run-command
27055 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27056 tex-directory
27057 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27058 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27059 tex-dvi-print-command
27060 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27061 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27062 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27063 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27064 tex-dvi-view-command
27065 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27066 tex-show-queue-command
27067 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27068 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27069
27070 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27071 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27072 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27073
27074 \(fn)" t nil)
27075
27076 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27077 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27078 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27079 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27080 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27081
27082 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27083 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27084 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27085 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27086 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27087 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27088 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27089
27090 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27091 mismatched $'s or braces.
27092
27093 Special commands:
27094 \\{latex-mode-map}
27095
27096 Mode variables:
27097 latex-run-command
27098 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27099 tex-directory
27100 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27101 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27102 tex-dvi-print-command
27103 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27104 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27105 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27106 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27107 tex-dvi-view-command
27108 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27109 tex-show-queue-command
27110 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27111 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27112
27113 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27114 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27115 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27116
27117 \(fn)" t nil)
27118
27119 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27120 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27121 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27122 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27123 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27124
27125 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27126 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27127 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27128 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27129 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27130 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27131 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27132
27133 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27134 mismatched $'s or braces.
27135
27136 Special commands:
27137 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27138
27139 Mode variables:
27140 slitex-run-command
27141 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27142 tex-directory
27143 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27144 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27145 tex-dvi-print-command
27146 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27147 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27148 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27149 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27150 tex-dvi-view-command
27151 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27152 tex-show-queue-command
27153 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27154 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27155
27156 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27157 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27158 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27159 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27160
27161 \(fn)" t nil)
27162
27163 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27164
27165
27166 \(fn)" nil nil)
27167
27168 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27169 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27170
27171 \(fn)" t nil)
27172
27173 ;;;***
27174 \f
27175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21607 54478
27176 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
27177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27178
27179 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27180 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27181 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27182 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27183
27184 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27185 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27186 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27187
27188 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27189
27190 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27191 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27192 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27193 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27194 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27195
27196 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27197
27198 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27199 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27200 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27201 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27202
27203 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27204 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27205 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27206 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27207
27208 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27209 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27210
27211 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27212
27213 ;;;***
27214 \f
27215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21607 54478
27216 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
27217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27218
27219 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27220 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27221
27222 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27223
27224 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27225 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27226
27227 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27228
27229 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27230 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27231
27232 It has these extra commands:
27233 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27234
27235 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27236 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27237 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27238 modified version of TeX input format.
27239
27240 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27241 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27242 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27243 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27244
27245 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27246 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27247 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27248 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27249 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27250 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27251 in the Texinfo file.
27252
27253 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27254 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27255 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27256 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27257 move forward past the closing brace.
27258
27259 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27260 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27261
27262 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27263 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27264 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27265
27266 Here are the functions:
27267
27268 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27269 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27270 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27271
27272 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27273 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27274 texinfo-master-menu
27275
27276 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27277
27278 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27279 which menu descriptions are indented.
27280
27281 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27282 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27283 in the region.
27284
27285 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27286 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27287 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27288 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27289
27290 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27291 be the first node in the file.
27292
27293 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27294 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27295
27296 \(fn)" t nil)
27297
27298 ;;;***
27299 \f
27300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21607
27301 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27303
27304 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27305 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27306 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27307 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27308
27309 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27310
27311 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27312 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27313
27314 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27315
27316 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27317 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27318
27319 \(fn)" t nil)
27320
27321 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27322
27323
27324 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27325
27326 ;;;***
27327 \f
27328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21607 54478 800121
27329 ;;;;;; 42000))
27330 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27331
27332 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27333 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27334 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27335 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27336 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27337 `line', and `page'.
27338
27339 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27340
27341 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27342 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27343 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27344 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27345 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27346 `line', and `page'.
27347
27348 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27349 valid THING.
27350
27351 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27352 positions of the thing found.
27353
27354 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27355
27356 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27357 Return the THING at point.
27358 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27359 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27360 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27361 `line', `number', and `page'.
27362
27363 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27364 strip text properties from the return value.
27365
27366 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27367 a symbol as a valid THING.
27368
27369 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27370
27371 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27372 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27373
27374 \(fn)" nil nil)
27375
27376 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27377 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27378
27379 \(fn)" nil nil)
27380
27381 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27382 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27383
27384 \(fn)" nil nil)
27385
27386 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27387 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27388
27389 \(fn)" nil nil)
27390
27391 ;;;***
27392 \f
27393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
27394 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27395
27396 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27397 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27398
27399 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27400
27401 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27402 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27403 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27404 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27405
27406 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27407
27408 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27409 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27410
27411 \(fn)" t nil)
27412
27413 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27414 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27415
27416 \(fn)" t nil)
27417
27418 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27419
27420 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27421 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27422
27423 \(fn)" t nil)
27424
27425 ;;;***
27426 \f
27427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21607
27428 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
27429 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27430
27431 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27432 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27433 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27434
27435 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27436
27437 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27438 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27439
27440 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27441
27442 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27443 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27444 The returned string has no composition information.
27445
27446 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27447
27448 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27449 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27450
27451 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27452
27453 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27454 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27455
27456 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27457
27458 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27459 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27460 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27461 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27462
27463 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27464
27465 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27466 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27467 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27468 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27469
27470 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27471
27472 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27473 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27474 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27475
27476 \(fn)" t nil)
27477
27478 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27479 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27480 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27481
27482 \(fn)" t nil)
27483
27484 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27485
27486
27487 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27488
27489 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27490
27491
27492 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27493
27494 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27495
27496
27497 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27498
27499 ;;;***
27500 \f
27501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21611 10938
27502 ;;;;;; 204397 226000))
27503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27504 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 7)) package--builtin-versions)
27505
27506 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27507 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27508 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27509 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27510 parameters.
27511 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27512 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27513 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27514
27515 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27516
27517 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27518 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27519 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27520 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27521 parameters.
27522 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27523 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27524 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27525
27526 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27527
27528 ;;;***
27529 \f
27530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
27531 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27532
27533 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27534 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27535
27536 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27537 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27538
27539 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27540 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27541 This display updates automatically every minute.
27542 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27543 are displayed as well.
27544 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27545
27546 \(fn)" t nil)
27547
27548 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27549 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27550 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27553 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27554
27555 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27556
27557 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27558 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27559 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27560 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27561 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27562
27563 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27564 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27565 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27566 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27567 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27568
27569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27570
27571 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27572 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27573 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27574 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27575
27576 \(fn)" t nil)
27577
27578 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27579 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27580 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27581 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27582
27583 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27584
27585 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27586 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27587
27588 \(fn)" t nil)
27589
27590 ;;;***
27591 \f
27592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21611
27593 ;;;;;; 10937 700236 3000))
27594 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27595
27596 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27597 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27598 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27599
27600 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27601 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27602 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27603 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27604 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27605 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27606
27607 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27608 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27609
27610 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27611
27612 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27613 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27614
27615 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27616
27617 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27618 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27619 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27620
27621 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27622
27623 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27624 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27625 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27626 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27627
27628 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27629 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27630 DATE should be a date-time string.
27631
27632 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27633
27634 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27635 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27636 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27637
27638 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27639
27640 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27641 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27642
27643 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27644
27645 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27646 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27647
27648 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27649
27650 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27651 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27652 TIME should be a time value.
27653 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27654
27655 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27656
27657 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27658 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27659 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27660
27661 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27662
27663 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27664 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27665 The valid format specifiers are:
27666 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27667 %d is the number of days.
27668 %h is the number of hours.
27669 %m is the number of minutes.
27670 %s is the number of seconds.
27671 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27672 %% is a literal \"%\".
27673
27674 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27675 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27676
27677 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27678 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27679 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27680
27681 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27682 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27683 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27684
27685 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27686
27687 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27688
27689 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27690 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27691
27692 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27693
27694 ;;;***
27695 \f
27696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21607 54478 800121
27697 ;;;;;; 42000))
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27699 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27700 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27701 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27702 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27703 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27704 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27705 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27706 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27707
27708 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27709 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27710 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27711 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27712 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27713 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27714 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27715 look like one of the following:
27716 Time-stamp: <>
27717 Time-stamp: \" \"
27718 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27719 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27720 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27721 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27722 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27723 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27724 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27725 the template.
27726
27727 \(fn)" t nil)
27728
27729 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27730 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27731 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27732
27733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27734
27735 ;;;***
27736 \f
27737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21607
27738 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
27739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27740 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27741
27742 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27743 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27744 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27747 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27748
27749 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27750
27751 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27752 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27753 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27754 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27755 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27756 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27757 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27758 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27759 display (non-nil means on).
27760
27761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27762
27763 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27764 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27765 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27766 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27767 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27768 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27769 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27770 this function is called within a day.
27771
27772 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27773 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27774 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27775 discover the name of the project.
27776
27777 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27778
27779 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27780 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27781 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27782 begun during the last time segment.
27783
27784 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27785 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27786 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27787 discover the reason.
27788
27789 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27790
27791 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27792 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27793 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27794 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27795 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27796
27797 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27800 Change to working on a different project.
27801 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27802 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27803 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27804 working on.
27805
27806 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27807
27808 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27809 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27810 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27811
27812 \(fn)" nil nil)
27813
27814 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27815 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27816 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27817
27818 \(fn)" t nil)
27819
27820 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27821 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27822 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27823 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27824 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27825 \"relative to today\".
27826
27827 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27830 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27831 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27832 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27833
27834 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27835
27836 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27837 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27838 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27839 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27840 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27841 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27842
27843 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27844
27845 ;;;***
27846 \f
27847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27848 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
27849 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27850
27851 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27852 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27853 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27854 the generated Quail package is saved.
27855
27856 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27857
27858 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27859 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27860 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27861 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27862 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27863 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27864 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27865
27866 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27867
27868 ;;;***
27869 \f
27870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21652 2366 414435 564000))
27871 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27872 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27873 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27874
27875 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27876 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27877 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27878 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27879 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27880
27881 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27882 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27883 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27884
27885 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27886
27887 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27888 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27889 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27890 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27891 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27892
27893 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27894
27895 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27896 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27897 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27898 in the menu in two ways:
27899 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27900 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27901 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27902
27903 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27904 keymap or an alist of alists.
27905 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27906 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27907
27908 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27909
27910 ;;;***
27911 \f
27912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21625
27913 ;;;;;; 43838 483701 627000))
27914 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27915
27916 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27917 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27918
27919 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27920 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27921 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27922 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27923 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27924 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27925 file was last visited.
27926
27927 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27928 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27929 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27930 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27931 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27932 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27933 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27934 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27935 for the first item.
27936
27937 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27938 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27939 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27940 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27941 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27942 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27943 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27944 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27945
27946 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27947 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27948 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27949 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27950 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27951
27952 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27953 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27954
27955 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27956
27957 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27958 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27959
27960 \\{todo-mode-map}
27961
27962 \(fn)" t nil)
27963
27964 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27965 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27966
27967 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27968
27969 \(fn)" t nil)
27970
27971 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27972 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27973
27974 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27975
27976 \(fn)" t nil)
27977
27978 ;;;***
27979 \f
27980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21607 54478 800121
27981 ;;;;;; 42000))
27982 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27983
27984 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27985 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27986 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27987
27988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27989
27990 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27991 Add an item to the tool bar.
27992 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27993 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27994 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27995 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27996
27997 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27998 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27999 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28000 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28001
28002 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28003 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28004
28005 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28006
28007 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28008 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28009 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28010 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28011 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28012 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28013
28014 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28015 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28016 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28017 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28018
28019 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28020
28021 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28022 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28023 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28024 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28025 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28026 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28027 properties to add to the binding.
28028
28029 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28030
28031 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28032 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28033
28034 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28035
28036 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28037 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28038 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28039 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28040 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28041 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28042 properties to add to the binding.
28043
28044 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28045 holds a keymap.
28046
28047 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28048
28049 ;;;***
28050 \f
28051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21607 54477 800124
28052 ;;;;;; 118000))
28053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28054
28055 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28056 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28057 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28058 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28059 to a tcp server on another machine.
28060
28061 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28062
28063 ;;;***
28064 \f
28065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21607 54477
28066 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
28067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28068
28069 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28070 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28071
28072 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28073
28074 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28075 Helper function to get internal values.
28076 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28077
28078 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28079
28080 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28081 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28082 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28083 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28084
28085 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28086 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28087 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28088 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28089 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28090
28091 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28092 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28093 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28094 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28095
28096 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28097
28098 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28099
28100 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28101 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28102 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28103 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28104
28105 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28106
28107 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28108
28109 ;;;***
28110 \f
28111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21663 59071 96337 184000))
28112 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28113
28114 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28115 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28116 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28117
28118 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28119
28120 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28121 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28122
28123 It can have the following values:
28124
28125 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28126 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28127
28128 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28129
28130 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28131 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28132 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28133 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28134
28135 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28136
28137 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28138 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28139 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28140 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28141
28142 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28143 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28144 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28145 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28146 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28147 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28148 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28149 files which are not really Tramp files.
28150
28151 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28152 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28153 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28154 updated after changing this variable.
28155
28156 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28157
28158 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28159 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28160 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28161 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28162
28163 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28164
28165 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28166 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28167 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28168 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28169
28170 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28171 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28172 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28173
28174 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28175 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28176 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28177 updated after changing this variable.
28178
28179 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28180
28181 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28182 Alist of completion handler functions.
28183 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28184 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28185 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28186
28187 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28188 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28189 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28190 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28191
28192 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28193 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28194 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28195
28196 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28197 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28198
28199 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28200 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28201
28202 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28203
28204 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28205
28206
28207 \(fn)" nil nil)
28208
28209 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28210 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28211
28212 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28213
28214 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28215 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28216
28217 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28218
28219 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28220 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28221
28222 \(fn)" t nil)
28223
28224 ;;;***
28225 \f
28226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21607 54478
28227 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
28228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28229
28230 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28231
28232
28233 \(fn)" nil nil)
28234
28235 ;;;***
28236 \f
28237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21607 54478 800121
28238 ;;;;;; 42000))
28239 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28240
28241 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28242 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28243 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28244 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28245 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28246 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28247 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28248 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28249
28250 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28251 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28252 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28253
28254 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28255 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28256 resumed later.
28257
28258 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28259
28260 ;;;***
28261 \f
28262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 54478
28263 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
28264 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28265
28266 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28267
28268
28269 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28270
28271 ;;;***
28272 \f
28273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21607
28274 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
28275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28276 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28277 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28278 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28279
28280 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28281 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28282 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28283 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28284 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28285 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28286 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28287
28288 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28289
28290 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28291 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28292 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28293 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28294
28295 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28296
28297 \(fn)" t nil)
28298
28299 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28300 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28301 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28302 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28303 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28304 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28305 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28306
28307 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28308 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28309
28310 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28311 \\___/\\
28312 / \\
28313 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28314
28315 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28316
28317 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28318
28319 ;;;***
28320 \f
28321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21609 55608 852266
28322 ;;;;;; 580000))
28323 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28324
28325 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28326 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28327 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28330 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28331
28332 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28333
28334 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28335 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28336 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28337
28338 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28339 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28340 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28341 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28342 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28343 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28344 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28345
28346 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28347 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28348
28349 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28350 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28351 reset the keystroke counter.
28352
28353 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28354 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28355 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28356 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28357
28358 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28359 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28360 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28361 `type-break-schedule' command.
28362
28363 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28364 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28365 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28366 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28367 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28368 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28369 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28370 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28371 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28372
28373 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28374 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28375 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28376 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28377 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28378
28379 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28380 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28381 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28382 approximate good values for this.
28383
28384 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28385 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28386
28387 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28388 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28389 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28390 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28391 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28392 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28393
28394 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28395 a typing break occur. They include:
28396
28397 `type-break-query-mode'
28398 `type-break-query-function'
28399 `type-break-query-interval'
28400
28401 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28402
28403 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28404 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28405 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28406 problems.
28407
28408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28409
28410 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28411 Take a typing break.
28412
28413 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28414 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28415
28416 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28417 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28418
28419 \(fn)" t nil)
28420
28421 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28422 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28423 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28424 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28425
28426 \(fn)" t nil)
28427
28428 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28429 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28430
28431 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28432 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28433 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28434 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28435 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28436 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28437 average typing speed.)
28438
28439 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28440 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28441 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28442 the computed maximum threshold.
28443
28444 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28445 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28446 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28447 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28448 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28449
28450 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28451
28452 ;;;***
28453 \f
28454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
28455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28456
28457 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28458 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28459 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28460 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28461 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28462
28463 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28464
28465 ;;;***
28466 \f
28467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28468 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28470
28471 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28472 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28473
28474 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28475
28476 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28477 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28478
28479 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28480
28481 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28482 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28483
28484 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28485
28486 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28487 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28488
28489 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28490
28491 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28492 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28493
28494 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28495
28496 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28497 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28498
28499 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28500
28501 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28502 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28503
28504 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28505
28506 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28507 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28508
28509 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28510
28511 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28512 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28513
28514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28515
28516 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28517 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28518
28519 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28520
28521 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28522 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28523
28524 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28525
28526 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28527 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28528
28529 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28530
28531 ;;;***
28532 \f
28533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21607
28534 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
28535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28536
28537 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28538 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28539 Works by overstriking underscores.
28540 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28541 which specify the range to operate on.
28542
28543 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28544
28545 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28546 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28547 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28548 which specify the range to operate on.
28549
28550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28551
28552 ;;;***
28553 \f
28554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21607 54478 300138
28555 ;;;;;; 641000))
28556 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28557
28558 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28559 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28560 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28561 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28562 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28563 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28564
28565 \(fn)" nil nil)
28566
28567 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28568 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28569 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28570
28571 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28572
28573 ;;;***
28574 \f
28575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21607 54477
28576 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
28577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28578
28579 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28580 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28581 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28582 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28583
28584 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28585
28586 ;;;***
28587 \f
28588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
28589 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28590
28591 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28592 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28593 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28594 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28595 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28596
28597 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28598 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28599 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28600 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28601 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28602 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28603
28604 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28605 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28606 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28607
28608 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28609 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28610 the callback is not called).
28611
28612 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28613 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28614 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28615 take effect.
28616
28617 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28618 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28619 the server.
28620 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28621 URL-encoded before it's used.
28622
28623 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28624
28625 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28626 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28627 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28628 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28629 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28630
28631 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28632
28633 ;;;***
28634 \f
28635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21607 54478 800121
28636 ;;;;;; 42000))
28637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28638
28639 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28640 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28641 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28642
28643 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28644 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28645 `url-generic-parse-url'
28646 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28647 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28648 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28649 realm
28650 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28651 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28652 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28653 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28654 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28655 what type of auth to use
28656 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28657 if one cannot be found in the cache
28658
28659 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28660
28661 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28662 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28663
28664 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28665 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28666 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28667 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28668 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28669 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28670 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28671 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28672
28673 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28674
28675 ;;;***
28676 \f
28677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21607 54478
28678 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28680
28681 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28682 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28683
28684 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28685
28686 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28687 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28688 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28689
28690 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28691
28692 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28693 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28694
28695 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28696
28697 ;;;***
28698 \f
28699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21607 54478 800121
28700 ;;;;;; 42000))
28701 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28702
28703 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28704
28705
28706 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28707
28708 ;;;***
28709 \f
28710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21634 58813 400848
28711 ;;;;;; 500000))
28712 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28713
28714 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28715 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28716 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28717
28718 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28719
28720 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28721 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28722 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28723 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28724
28725 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28726 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28727 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28728 though.
28729
28730 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28731
28732 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28733 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28734 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28735
28736 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28737
28738 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28739
28740
28741 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28742
28743 ;;;***
28744 \f
28745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21607 54478 800121
28746 ;;;;;; 42000))
28747 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28748
28749 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28750 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28751
28752 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28753
28754 ;;;***
28755 \f
28756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21607 54478 800121
28757 ;;;;;; 42000))
28758 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28759
28760 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28761 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28762
28763 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28764
28765 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28766 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28767 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28768 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28769 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28770
28771 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28772 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28773
28774 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28775
28776 ;;;***
28777 \f
28778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21607
28779 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
28780 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28781
28782 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28783 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28784 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28787 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28788
28789 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28790
28791 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28792 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28794 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28795 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28796
28797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28798
28799 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28800 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28801 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28802 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28803
28804 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28805
28806 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28807 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28808 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28809 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28810 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28811 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28812 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28813 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28814 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28815 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28816
28817 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28818
28819 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28820 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28821 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28822 accessible.
28823
28824 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28825
28826 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28827
28828
28829 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28830
28831 ;;;***
28832 \f
28833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21638 55900 442275
28834 ;;;;;; 524000))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28836 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28837
28838 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28839 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28840 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28841 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28842 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28843
28844 ;;;***
28845 \f
28846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21607 54478 800121
28847 ;;;;;; 42000))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28849
28850 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28851
28852
28853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28854
28855 ;;;***
28856 \f
28857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21607 54478 800121
28858 ;;;;;; 42000))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28860
28861 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28862 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28863 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28864 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28865 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28866
28867 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28868
28869 ;;;***
28870 \f
28871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21607 54478
28872 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28873 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28874
28875 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28876
28877
28878 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28879
28880 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28881 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28882
28883 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28884
28885 ;;;***
28886 \f
28887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21607 54478 800121
28888 ;;;;;; 42000))
28889 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28890
28891 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28892 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28893
28894 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28895
28896 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28897 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28898
28899 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28900
28901 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28902
28903
28904 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28905
28906 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28907
28908 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28909
28910 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28911
28912 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28913 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28914
28915 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28916
28917 ;;;***
28918 \f
28919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21607 54478 800121
28920 ;;;;;; 42000))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28922
28923 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28924
28925
28926 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28927
28928 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28929
28930
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28932
28933 ;;;***
28934 \f
28935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21607 54478 800121
28936 ;;;;;; 42000))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28938
28939 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28940
28941
28942 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28943
28944 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28945
28946
28947 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28948
28949 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28950
28951
28952 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28953
28954 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28955
28956
28957 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28958
28959 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28960
28961
28962 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28963
28964 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28965
28966
28967 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28970
28971
28972 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28973
28974 ;;;***
28975 \f
28976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21607 54478
28977 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28979
28980 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28981 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28982
28983 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28984
28985 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28986 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28987 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28988
28989 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28990 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28991 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28992 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28993 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28994 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28995 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28996 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28997 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28998 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28999 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29000 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29001 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29002 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29003
29004 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29005 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29006 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29007
29008 Here is an example. The URL
29009
29010 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29011
29012 parses to
29013
29014 TYPE = \"foo\"
29015 USER = \"bob\"
29016 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29017 HOST = \"example.com\"
29018 PORTSPEC = 42
29019 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29020 TARGET = \"nose\"
29021 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29022 FULLNESS = t
29023
29024 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29025
29026 ;;;***
29027 \f
29028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21607 54478
29029 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
29030 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29031
29032 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29033 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29034
29035 \(fn)" t nil)
29036
29037 ;;;***
29038 \f
29039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21619 5051
29040 ;;;;;; 260148 536000))
29041 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29042
29043 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29044 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29045 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29046 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29047 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29048 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29049
29050 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29051
29052 ;;;***
29053 \f
29054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21607 54478
29055 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
29056 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29057
29058 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29059 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29060 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29061
29062 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29063
29064 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29065 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29066 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29067 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29068
29069 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29070
29071 ;;;***
29072 \f
29073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21607 54478 800121
29074 ;;;;;; 42000))
29075 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29076
29077 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29078 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29079 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29080
29081 If t, all messages will be logged.
29082 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29083 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29084
29085 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29086
29087 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29088
29089
29090 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29091
29092 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29093
29094
29095 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29096
29097 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29098 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29099 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29100 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29101 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29102 & ==> &amp;
29103 < ==> &lt;
29104 > ==> &gt;
29105 \" ==> &quot;
29106
29107 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29108
29109 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29110 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29111 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29112
29113 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29114
29115 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29116 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29117 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29118
29119 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29120
29121 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29122 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29123
29124 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29125
29126 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29127 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29128
29129 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29130
29131 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29132 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29133
29134 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29135
29136 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29137
29138
29139 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29142
29143
29144 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29145
29146 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29147
29148 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29149 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29150
29151 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29152
29153 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29154 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29155
29156 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29157
29158 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29159
29160
29161 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29162
29163 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29164 Build a query-string.
29165
29166 Given a QUERY in the form:
29167 '((key1 val1)
29168 (key2 val2)
29169 (key3 val1 val2)
29170 (key4)
29171 (key5 \"\"))
29172
29173 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29174
29175 This will return a string
29176 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29177 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29178 be used.
29179
29180 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29181
29182 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29183 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29184
29185 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29186
29187 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29188 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29189 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29190 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29191 forbidden in URL encoding.
29192
29193 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29194
29195 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29196 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29197 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29198 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29199 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29200 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29201
29202 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29203 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29204 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29205 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29206
29207 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29208
29209 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29210 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29211 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29212 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29213 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29214 should return it unchanged.
29215
29216 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29219 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29220 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29221 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29222
29223 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29224
29225 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29226 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29227 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29228
29229 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29230
29231 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29232 View the current document's URL.
29233 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29234 the minibuffer.
29235
29236 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29237
29238 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29239
29240 ;;;***
29241 \f
29242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21607 54478 800121
29243 ;;;;;; 42000))
29244 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29245
29246 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29247 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29248 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29249 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29250 to refrain from editing the file
29251 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29252 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29253 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29254 in any way you like.
29255
29256 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29257
29258 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29259 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29260 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29261 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29262 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29263
29264 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29265 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29266
29267 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29268
29269 ;;;***
29270 \f
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21607 54478
29272 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29274
29275 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29276
29277
29278 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29279
29280 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29281
29282
29283 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29284
29285 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29286
29287
29288 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29289
29290 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29291
29292
29293 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29294
29295 ;;;***
29296 \f
29297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
29298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29299
29300 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29301 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29302
29303 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29304
29305 ;;;***
29306 \f
29307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21607 54478
29308 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
29309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29310
29311 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29312 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29313 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29314 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29315
29316 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29317
29318 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29319 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29320 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29321
29322 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29323
29324 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29325 Uudecode region between START and END.
29326 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29327
29328 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29329
29330 ;;;***
29331 \f
29332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21649 26173 700491 498000))
29333 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29334
29335 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29336 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29337 See `run-hooks'.")
29338
29339 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29340
29341 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29342 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29343 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29344
29345 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29346
29347 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29348 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29349 See `run-hooks'.")
29350
29351 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29352
29353 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29354 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29355 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29356 same state. If not, signal an error.
29357
29358 For merging-based version control systems:
29359 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29360 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29361 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29362 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29363 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29364 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29365
29366 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29367 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29368 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29369 the file(s) for editing.
29370 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29371 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29372 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29373 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29374 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29375
29376 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29377
29378 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29379 Register into a version control system.
29380 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29381 Otherwise register the current file.
29382 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29383
29384 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29385 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29386 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29387 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29388 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29389 first backend that could register the file is used.
29390
29391 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29392
29393 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29394 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29395
29396 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29397
29398 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29399 Display diffs between file revisions.
29400 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29401 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29402 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29403
29404 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29405 saving the buffer.
29406
29407 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29408
29409 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29410 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29411 repository history using ediff.
29412
29413 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29414
29415 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29416 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29417 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29418 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29419 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29420
29421 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29422 saving the buffer.
29423
29424 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29425
29426 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29427 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29428 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29429 fileset with the working revision.
29430 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29431 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29432
29433 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29434 saving the buffer.
29435
29436 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29437
29438 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29439 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29440 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29441
29442 \(fn)" nil nil)
29443
29444 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29445 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29446 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29447 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29448
29449 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29450
29451 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29452 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29453 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29454 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29455
29456 \(fn)" t nil)
29457
29458 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29459 Perform a version control merge operation.
29460 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29461 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29462 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29463 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29464
29465 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29466 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29467 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29468 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29469 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29470 changes from the current branch.
29471
29472 \(fn)" t nil)
29473
29474 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29475
29476 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29477 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29478 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29479 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29480 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29481 checked out in that new branch.
29482
29483 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29486 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29487 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29488 named branch in the directory DIR.
29489 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29490 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29491 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29492 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29493 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29494 allowed and simply skipped).
29495
29496 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29497
29498 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29499 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29500 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29501 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29502 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29503
29504 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29505 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29506
29507 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29508
29509 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29510 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29511 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29512 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29513 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29514
29515 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29516
29517 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29518 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29519 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29520
29521 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29522
29523 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29524 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29525 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29526
29527 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29528
29529 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29530 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29531
29532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29533
29534 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29535 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29536 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29537 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29538
29539 \(fn)" t nil)
29540
29541 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29542
29543 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29544 Update the current fileset or branch.
29545 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29546 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29547 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29548 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29549
29550 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29551 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29552 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29553 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29554 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29555
29556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29557
29558 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29559
29560 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29561 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29562 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29563 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29564 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29565 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29566 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29567
29568 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29569
29570 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29571 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29572 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29573 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29574 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29575 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29576 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29577 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29578 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29579
29580 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29583 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29584 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29585 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29586
29587 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29588
29589 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29590 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29591 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29592 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29593
29594 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29595
29596 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29597 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29598 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29599 directory.
29600
29601 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29602
29603 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29604 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29605 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29606
29607 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29608 log entries should be gathered.
29609
29610 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29611
29612 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29613 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29614
29615 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29616
29617 ;;;***
29618 \f
29619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21607 54478
29620 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
29621 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29622
29623 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29624 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29625
29626 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29627 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29628 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29629 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29630 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29631 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29632
29633 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29634 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29635 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29636 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29637 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29638 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29639 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29640 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29641
29642 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29643
29644 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29645
29646 Customization variables:
29647
29648 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29649 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29650 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29651 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29652 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29653 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29654
29655 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29656
29657 ;;;***
29658 \f
29659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21645 29117 170137
29660 ;;;;;; 362000))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29662
29663 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29664 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29665
29666 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29667 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29668 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29669 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29670 (progn
29671 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29672 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29673
29674 ;;;***
29675 \f
29676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21645 29117 170137
29677 ;;;;;; 362000))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29679 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29680 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29681 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29682 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29683 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29684 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29685
29686 ;;;***
29687 \f
29688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21665 14401 955623
29689 ;;;;;; 556000))
29690 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29691
29692 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29693 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29694 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29695 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29696 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29697
29698 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29699 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29700 The file lines appear later.
29701
29702 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29703 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29704
29705 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29706
29707 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29708
29709 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29710
29711 ;;;***
29712 \f
29713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21640
29714 ;;;;;; 46919 650145 897000))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29716
29717 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29718 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29719 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29720 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29721 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29722 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29723 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29724 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29725 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29726 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29727 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29728 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29729 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29730 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29731 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29732
29733 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29734
29735 ;;;***
29736 \f
29737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21663 59071 96337
29738 ;;;;;; 184000))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29740 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29741 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29742 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29743 (progn
29744 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29745 (vc-git-registered file))))
29746
29747 ;;;***
29748 \f
29749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21645 29117 170137 362000))
29750 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29751 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29752 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29753 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29754 (progn
29755 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29756 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29757
29758 ;;;***
29759 \f
29760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21645 29117 170137
29761 ;;;;;; 362000))
29762 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29763
29764 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29765 Name of the monotone directory.")
29766
29767 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29768 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29769 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29770 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29771 (progn
29772 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29773 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29774
29775 ;;;***
29776 \f
29777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21645 29117 170137
29778 ;;;;;; 362000))
29779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29780
29781 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29782 Where to look for RCS master files.
29783 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29784
29785 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29786
29787 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29788
29789 ;;;***
29790 \f
29791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21645 29117 170137
29792 ;;;;;; 362000))
29793 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29794
29795 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29796 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29797 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29798
29799 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29800
29801 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29802
29803 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29804 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29805 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29806 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29807
29808 ;;;***
29809 \f
29810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21645 29117 170137
29811 ;;;;;; 362000))
29812 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29813
29814 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29815 Where to look for SRC master files.
29816 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29817
29818 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29819
29820 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29821
29822 ;;;***
29823 \f
29824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21652 2366 414435
29825 ;;;;;; 564000))
29826 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29827 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29828 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29829 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29830 "_svn")
29831 (t ".svn"))))
29832 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29833 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29834 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29835
29836 ;;;***
29837 \f
29838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21607
29839 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
29840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29841 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29842 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29843
29844 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29845 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29846
29847 Usage:
29848 ------
29849
29850 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29851 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29852 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29853 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29854
29855 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29856 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29857 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29858 completions.
29859
29860 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29861 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29862
29863 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29864 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29865
29866 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29867 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29868 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29869
29870 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29871
29872
29873 Maintenance:
29874 ------------
29875
29876 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29877 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29878
29879 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29880
29881 Official distribution is at
29882 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29883
29884
29885 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29886 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29887
29888 Key bindings:
29889 -------------
29890
29891 \\{vera-mode-map}
29892
29893 \(fn)" t nil)
29894
29895 ;;;***
29896 \f
29897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29898 ;;;;;; (21644 8251 830117 252000))
29899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29900
29901 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29902 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29903 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29904 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29905 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29906
29907 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29908
29909 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29910 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29911
29912 Supports highlighting.
29913
29914 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29915 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29916
29917 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29918
29919 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29920 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29921 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29922 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29923 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29924 on the left side of your screen.
29925 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29926 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29927 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29928 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29929 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29930 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29931 function keyword.
29932 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29933 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29934 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29935 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29936 if (a)
29937 begin
29938 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29939 Indentation for case statements.
29940 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29941 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29942 mark after an end.
29943 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29944 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29945 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29946 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29947 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29948 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29949 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29950 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29951 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29952 if (a)
29953 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29954 otherwise you get:
29955 if (a)
29956 begin
29957 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29958 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29959 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29960 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29961 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29962 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29963 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29964 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29965 comments in tight quarters.
29966 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29967 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29968
29969 Variables controlling other actions:
29970
29971 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29972 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29973 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29974
29975 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29976
29977 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29978
29979 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29980 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29981 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29982
29983 Some other functions are:
29984
29985 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29986 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29987 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29988 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29989 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29990
29991 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29992 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29993 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29994 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29995
29996 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30005 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30006 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30007 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30008 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30009 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30010 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30011 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30012 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30013 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30014 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30015 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30016 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30017 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30018 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30019 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30020 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30021 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30022 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30023 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30024 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30025 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30026 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30027
30028 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30029 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30030
30031 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30032
30033 \(fn)" t nil)
30034
30035 ;;;***
30036 \f
30037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21638
30038 ;;;;;; 55900 442275 524000))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30040
30041 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30042 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30043
30044 Usage:
30045 ------
30046
30047 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30048 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30049 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30050 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30051 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30052 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30053 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30054 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30055 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30056
30057 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30058 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30059 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30060 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30061
30062 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30063 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30064 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30065 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30066 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30067
30068 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30069 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30070
30071
30072 HEADER INSERTION:
30073 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30074 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30075 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30076
30077
30078 STUTTERING:
30079 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30080 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30081 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30082 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30083
30084 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30085 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30086 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30087 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30088 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30089
30090
30091 WORD COMPLETION:
30092 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30093 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30094 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30095 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30096
30097 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30098 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30099 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30100 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30101 beginning with \"std\").
30102
30103 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30104 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30105 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30106 stop.
30107
30108
30109 COMMENTS:
30110 `--' puts a single comment.
30111 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30112 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30113 with a comment in between.
30114 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30115 out following lines.
30116 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30117 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30118 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30119 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30120
30121 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30122 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30123 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30124 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30125 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30126 non-nil.
30127
30128 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30129 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30130 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30131 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30132 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30133 multi-line comments.
30134
30135
30136 INDENTATION:
30137 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30138 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30139 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30140 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30141 the entire region.
30142
30143 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30144 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30145 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30146 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30147
30148 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30149 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30150 and vice versa.
30151
30152 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30153 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30154
30155 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30156 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30157 line.
30158
30159
30160 ALIGNMENT:
30161 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30162 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30163 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30164 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30165 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30166 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30167 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30168 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30169
30170 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30171 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30172 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30173 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30174 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30175 is non-nil.
30176
30177 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30178 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30179 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30180
30181 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30182 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30183
30184
30185 CODE FILLING:
30186 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30187 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30188 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30189 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30190 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30191 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30192
30193
30194 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30195 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30196 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30197 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30198 command:
30199
30200 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30201
30202
30203 PORT TRANSLATION:
30204 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30205 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30206 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30207 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30208 internal signal initializations (menu).
30209
30210 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30211 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30212 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30213
30214 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30215 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30216 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30217 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30218 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30219 in subsequent paste operations.)
30220
30221 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30222 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30223 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30224
30225
30226 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30227 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30228 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30229 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30230 association list with formals).
30231
30232
30233 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30234 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30235 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30236 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30237 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30238 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30239 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30240 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30241 `vhdl-testbench'.
30242
30243
30244 KEY BINDINGS:
30245 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30246
30247
30248 VHDL MENU:
30249 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30250
30251
30252 FILE BROWSER:
30253 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30254 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30255 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30256
30257 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30258 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30259
30260
30261 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30262 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30263 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30264 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30265
30266 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30267 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30268 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30269
30270 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30271 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30272 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30273 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30274
30275 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30276 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30277 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30278 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30279 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30280
30281 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30282 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30283 required by secondary units.
30284
30285
30286 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30287 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30288 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30289 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30290 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30291 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30292 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30293 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30294 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30295 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30296 inputs to this component -> input port created
30297 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30298 outputs from this component -> output port created
30299 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30300 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30301
30302 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30303 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30304 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30305 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30306 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30307
30308 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30309 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30310
30311 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30312 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30313 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30314 component instantiation is also supported (option
30315 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30316
30317 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30318 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30319 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30320 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30321 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30322 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30323 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30324 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30325 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30326 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30327 generating the configuration.
30328
30329 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30330 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30331 configurations in speedbar.
30332
30333 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30334
30335
30336 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30337 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30338 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30339 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30340 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30341 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30342 information. New compilers can be added.
30343
30344 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30345 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30346
30347
30348 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30349 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30350 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30351 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30352 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30353
30354 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30355 command:
30356
30357 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30358 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30359 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30360
30361 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30362 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30363 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30364 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30365 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30366 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30367 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30368 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30369 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30370
30371 Limitations:
30372 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30373 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30374 not (yet) supported.
30375 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30376 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30377 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30378
30379
30380 PROJECTS:
30381 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30382 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30383 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30384 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30385 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30386 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30387 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30388 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30389
30390 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30391 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30392 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30393 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30394 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30395 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30396 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30397 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30398 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30399 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30400 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30401
30402
30403 SPECIAL MENUES:
30404 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30405 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30406 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30407 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30408 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30409 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30410 current directory for VHDL source files.
30411
30412
30413 VHDL STANDARDS:
30414 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30415 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30416
30417
30418 KEYWORD CASE:
30419 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30420 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30421 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30422 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30423 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30424 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30425 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30426 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30427
30428
30429 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30430 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30431 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30432 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30433 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30434 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30435 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30436
30437 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30438 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30439 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30440 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30441 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30442 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30443
30444 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30445 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30446 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30447 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30448 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30449 visually.
30450
30451 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30452 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30453 highlighted if written in lower case.
30454
30455 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30456 highlighted using a different background color if option
30457 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30458
30459 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30460 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30461 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30462 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30463 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30464
30465
30466 USER MODELS:
30467 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30468 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30469 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30470
30471
30472 HIDE/SHOW:
30473 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30474 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30475 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30476 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30477 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30478
30479
30480 CODE UPDATING:
30481 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30482 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30483 Limitations:
30484 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30485 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30486 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30487 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30488 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30489 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30490 (used to obtain the port names).
30491 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30492 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30493 sensitivity lists.
30494
30495
30496 CODE FIXING:
30497 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30498 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30499
30500
30501 PRINTING:
30502 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30503 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30504 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30505 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30506 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30507 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30508 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30509 printers.
30510
30511
30512 OPTIONS:
30513 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30514 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30515 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30516 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30517 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30518
30519 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30520 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30521 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30522 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30523 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30524 INSTALL file).
30525
30526 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30527 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30528
30529
30530 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30531 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30532 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30533 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30534
30535 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30536
30537
30538 HINTS:
30539 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30540 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30541
30542 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30543
30544 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30545
30546 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30547
30548
30549 RELEASE NOTES:
30550 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30551
30552
30553 Maintenance:
30554 ------------
30555
30556 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30557 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30558
30559 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30560
30561 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30562 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30563 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30564 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30565
30566 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30567 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30568 where the latest version can be found.
30569
30570
30571 Known problems:
30572 ---------------
30573
30574 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30575 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30576 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30577 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30578
30579
30580 The VHDL Mode Authors
30581 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30582
30583 Key bindings:
30584 -------------
30585
30586 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30587
30588 \(fn)" t nil)
30589
30590 ;;;***
30591 \f
30592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21607
30593 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
30594 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30595
30596 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30597 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30598
30599 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30600
30601 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30602 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30603 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30604 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30605
30606 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30607
30608 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30609 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30610
30611 \(fn)" t nil)
30612
30613 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30614 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30615 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30616 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30617
30618 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30619
30620 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30621 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30622
30623 \(fn)" t nil)
30624
30625 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30626
30627
30628 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30629
30630 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30631
30632
30633 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30634
30635 ;;;***
30636 \f
30637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
30638 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30639
30640 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30641 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30642 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30643
30644 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30645
30646 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30647 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30648 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30649 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30650
30651 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30652
30653 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30654 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30655
30656 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30657
30658 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30659 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30660 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30661 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30662 moving around in the buffer.
30663 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30664 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30665
30666 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30667
30668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30669
30670 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30671 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30672 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30673 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30674
30675 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30676 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30677 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30678 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30679 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30680
30681 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30682
30683 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30684
30685 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30686 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30687 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30688 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30689 buffer.
30690
30691 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30692 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30693 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30694 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30695 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30696
30697 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30698
30699 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30700
30701 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30702 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30703 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30704 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30705 moving around in the buffer.
30706 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30707 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30708
30709 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30710
30711 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30712 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30713 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30714
30715 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30716 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30717 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30718 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30719
30720 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30721 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30722 own View-like bindings.
30723
30724 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30725
30726 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30727 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30728 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30729 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30730 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30731 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30732 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30733
30734 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30735
30736 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30737
30738 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30739 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30740 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30741
30742 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30743 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30744 own View-like bindings.
30745
30746 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30747
30748 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30749 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30750 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30751 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30752 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30753 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30754 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30755
30756 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30757
30758 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30759
30760 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30761 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30762 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30763
30764 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30765 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30766 own View-like bindings.
30767
30768 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30769
30770 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30771 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30772 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30773 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30774 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30775
30776 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30777 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30778 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30779 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30780
30781 \\<view-mode-map>
30782
30783 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30784 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30785 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30786 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30787 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30788 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30789 to a repeat count of one.
30790
30791 H, h, ? This message.
30792 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30793 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30794 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30795 > move to the end of buffer.
30796 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30797 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30798 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30799 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30800 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30801 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30802 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30803 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30804 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30805 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30806 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30807 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30808 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30809 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30810 Use this to view a changing file.
30811 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30812 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30813 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30814 . set the mark.
30815 x exchanges point and mark.
30816 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30817 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30818 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30819 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30820 ' go to position saved in character register.
30821 s do forward incremental search.
30822 r do reverse incremental search.
30823 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30824 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30825 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30826 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30827 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30828 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30829 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30830 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30831 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30832 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30833 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30834 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30835 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30836 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30837 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30838 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30839 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30840
30841 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30842 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30843 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30844 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30845 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30846 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30847 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30848 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30849 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30850
30851 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30852
30853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30854
30855 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30856 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30857 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30858 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30859 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30860 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30861 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30862 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30863 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30864
30865 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30866
30867 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30868
30869 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30870 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30871 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30872 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30873 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30874 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30875
30876 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30877 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30878 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30879
30880 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30881
30882 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30883
30884 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30885
30886 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30887 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30888
30889 \(fn)" t nil)
30890
30891 ;;;***
30892 \f
30893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21607 54478 300138
30894 ;;;;;; 641000))
30895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30896 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30897
30898 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30899 Toggle Viper on/off.
30900 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30901
30902 \(fn)" t nil)
30903
30904 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30905 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30906
30907 \(fn)" t nil)
30908
30909 ;;;***
30910 \f
30911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21607
30912 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30914
30915 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30916 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30917 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30918 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30919 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30920 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30921 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30922 the beginning of the warning.")
30923
30924 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30925 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30926 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30927 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30928 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30929 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30930 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30931 also call that function before the next warning.")
30932
30933 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30934 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30935
30936 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30937 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30938 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30939 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30940
30941 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30942 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30943 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30944 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30945 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30946 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30947
30948 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30949 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30950 Default is :warning.
30951
30952 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30953 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30954 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30955 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30956 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30957 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30958
30959 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30960 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30961 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30962
30963 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30964
30965 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30966 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30967
30968 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30969
30970 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30971 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30972 \\<special-mode-map>
30973 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30974 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30975
30976 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30977 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30978 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30979 can be whatever you like.)
30980
30981 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30982 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30983
30984 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30985 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30986 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30987 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30988 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30989
30990 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30991
30992 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30993 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30994 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30995 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30996 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30997
30998 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30999
31000 ;;;***
31001 \f
31002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31003 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31004 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31005
31006 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31007 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31008 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31009 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31010 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31011 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31012 directories to reflect your edits.
31013
31014 See `wdired-mode'.
31015
31016 \(fn)" t nil)
31017
31018 ;;;***
31019 \f
31020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21607 54478 300138
31021 ;;;;;; 641000))
31022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31023
31024 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31025 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31026
31027 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31028 hotlist.
31029
31030 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31031 <nwv@acm.org>.
31032
31033 \(fn)" t nil)
31034
31035 ;;;***
31036 \f
31037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21607
31038 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31040 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31041 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31042
31043 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31044
31045 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31046 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31047 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31050 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31051
31052 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31053
31054 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31055 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31059
31060 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31061 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31062 in certain major modes.
31063
31064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31065
31066 ;;;***
31067 \f
31068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21630 19673 940150
31069 ;;;;;; 833000))
31070 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31071 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31072
31073 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31074 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31078
31079 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31080 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31081
31082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31083
31084 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31085 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31087 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31088 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31089
31090 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31091 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31092 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31093 use `whitespace-mode'.
31094
31095 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31096
31097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31098
31099 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31100 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31101 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31103 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31104 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31105
31106 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31107
31108 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31109 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31111 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31112 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31113
31114 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31115 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31116
31117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31118
31119 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31120 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31121 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31122 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31123 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31124 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31125
31126 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31127
31128 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31129 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31130 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31131 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31132 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31133
31134 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31135 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31136 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31137 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31138
31139 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31140
31141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31142
31143 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31144 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31145
31146 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31147 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31148
31149 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31150 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31151
31152 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31153
31154 CHAR MEANING
31155 (VIA FACES)
31156 f toggle face visualization
31157 t toggle TAB visualization
31158 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31159 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31160 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31161 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31162 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31163 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31164 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31165 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31166 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31167 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31168 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31169 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31170 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31171 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31172 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31173 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31174
31175 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31176 T toggle TAB visualization
31177 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31178 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31179
31180 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31181 ? display brief help
31182
31183 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31184 The valid symbols are:
31185
31186 face toggle face visualization
31187 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31188 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31189 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31190 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31191 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31192 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31193 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31194 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31195 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31196 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31197 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31198 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31199 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31200 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31201 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31202 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31203 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31204
31205 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31206 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31207 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31208
31209 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31210
31211 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31212
31213 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31214
31215 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31216 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31217
31218 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31219 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31220
31221 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31222 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31223
31224 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31225
31226 CHAR MEANING
31227 (VIA FACES)
31228 f toggle face visualization
31229 t toggle TAB visualization
31230 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31231 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31232 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31233 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31234 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31235 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31236 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31237 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31238 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31239 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31240 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31241 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31242 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31243 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31244 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31245 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31246
31247 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31248 T toggle TAB visualization
31249 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31250 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31251
31252 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31253 ? display brief help
31254
31255 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31256 The valid symbols are:
31257
31258 face toggle face visualization
31259 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31260 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31261 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31262 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31263 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31264 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31265 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31266 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31267 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31268 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31269 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31270 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31271 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31272 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31273 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31274 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31275 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31276
31277 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31278 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31279 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31280
31281 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31282
31283 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31284
31285 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31286
31287 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31288 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31289
31290 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31291 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31292 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31293 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31294 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31295
31296 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31297
31298 The problems cleaned up are:
31299
31300 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31301 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31302 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31303 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31304
31305 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31306 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31307 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31308 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31309 SPACEs.
31310 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31311 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31312 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31313 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31314
31315 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31316 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31317 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31318 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31319 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31320 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31321 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31322 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31323
31324 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31325 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31326 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31327
31328 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31329 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31330 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31331 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31332 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31333 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31334 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31335 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31336
31337 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31338 documentation.
31339
31340 \(fn)" t nil)
31341
31342 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31343 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31344
31345 The problems cleaned up are:
31346
31347 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31348 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31349 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31350 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31351 SPACEs.
31352 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31353 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31354 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31355 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31356
31357 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31358 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31359 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31360 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31361 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31362 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31363 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31364 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31365
31366 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31367 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31368 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31369
31370 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31371 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31372 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31373 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31374 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31375 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31376 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31377 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31378
31379 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31380 documentation.
31381
31382 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31383
31384 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31385 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31386
31387 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31388
31389 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31390
31391 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31392 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31393
31394 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31395 non-nil.
31396
31397 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31398 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31399 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31400
31401 empty
31402 trailing
31403 indentation
31404 space-before-tab
31405 space-after-tab
31406
31407 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31408 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31409 report problems.
31410
31411 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31412
31413 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31414 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31415 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31416 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31417 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31418 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31419 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31420
31421 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31422 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31423 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31424 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31425 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31426 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31427 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31428
31429 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31430 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31431 cleaning up these problems.
31432
31433 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31434
31435 ;;;***
31436 \f
31437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21607 54478 800121
31438 ;;;;;; 42000))
31439 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31440
31441 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31442 Browse the widget under point.
31443
31444 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31445
31446 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31447 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31448
31449 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31450
31451 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31452 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31453
31454 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31455
31456 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31457 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31459 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31460 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31461
31462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31463
31464 ;;;***
31465 \f
31466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21634 58813 900130
31467 ;;;;;; 256000))
31468 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31469
31470 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31471 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31472
31473 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31474
31475 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31476 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31477 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31478
31479 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31480
31481 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31482 Create widget of TYPE.
31483 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31484
31485 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31486
31487 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31488 Delete WIDGET.
31489
31490 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31491
31492 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31493 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31494
31495 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31496
31497 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31498 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31499 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31500 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31501
31502 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31503 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31504
31505 \(fn)" nil nil)
31506
31507 ;;;***
31508 \f
31509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21607 54478 800121
31510 ;;;;;; 42000))
31511 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31512
31513 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31514 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31515 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31516 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31517 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31518 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31519 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31520
31521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31522
31523 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31524 Select the window above the current one.
31525 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31526 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31527 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31528 negative ARG) of the current window.
31529 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31530
31531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31532
31533 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31534 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31535 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31536 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31537 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31538 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31539 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31540
31541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31542
31543 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31544 Select the window below the current one.
31545 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31546 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31547 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31548 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31549 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31550
31551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31552
31553 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31554 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31555 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31556 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31557
31558 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31559
31560 ;;;***
31561 \f
31562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31563 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31564
31565 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31566 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31567 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31570 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31571
31572 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31573
31574 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31575 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31577 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31578 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31579 \\{winner-mode-map}
31580
31581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31582
31583 ;;;***
31584 \f
31585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31586 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31587 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31588
31589 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31590 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31591 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31592 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31593 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31594
31595 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31596
31597 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31598 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31599 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31600 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31601 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31602 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31603 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31604 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31605
31606 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31607 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31608
31609 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31610
31611 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31612 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31613
31614 \(fn)" t nil)
31615
31616 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31617 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31618 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31619 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31620 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31621 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31622 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31623 `woman' command for further details.
31624
31625 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31626
31627 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31628 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31629
31630 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31631
31632 ;;;***
31633 \f
31634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31635 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31636
31637 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31638 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31639 Return the top node with all its children.
31640 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31641
31642 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31643 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31644 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31645
31646 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31647
31648 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31649 namespace to URIs instead.
31650
31651 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31652 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31653
31654 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31655
31656 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31657
31658 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31659
31660 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31661 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31662 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31663 not contain well-formed XML.
31664
31665 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31666 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31667 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31668 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31669 element of the list.
31670 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31671 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31672 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31673
31674 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31675
31676 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31677 namespace to URIs instead.
31678
31679 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31680 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31681
31682 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31683
31684 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31685
31686 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31687
31688 ;;;***
31689 \f
31690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21607 54478 300138
31691 ;;;;;; 641000))
31692 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31693
31694 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31695 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31696 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31697 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31698 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31699 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31700 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31701 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31702 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31703 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31704
31705 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31706
31707 ;;;***
31708 \f
31709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21667 56163 185621
31710 ;;;;;; 290000))
31711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31712
31713 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31714 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31715
31716 \(fn)" t nil)
31717
31718 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31719 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31720 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31721 prompt for it.
31722
31723 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31724
31725 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31726 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31727
31728 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31729
31730 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31731 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31732
31733 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31734
31735 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31736 Find references to the identifier at point.
31737 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31738
31739 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31740
31741 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31742 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31743 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31744
31745 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31746 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31747 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31748 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31749 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31750 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31751
31752 ;;;***
31753 \f
31754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21607 54478 800121
31755 ;;;;;; 42000))
31756 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31757
31758 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31759 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31760 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31762 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31763 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31764
31765 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31766
31767 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31768 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31770 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31771 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31772
31773 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31774 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31775 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31776 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31777 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31778 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31779
31780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31781
31782 ;;;***
31783 \f
31784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
31785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31786
31787 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31788 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31789
31790 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31791
31792 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31793 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31794
31795 \(fn)" nil nil)
31796
31797 ;;;***
31798 \f
31799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31801
31802 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31803 Zone out, completely.
31804
31805 \(fn)" t nil)
31806
31807 ;;;***
31808 \f
31809 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21669 11479 568273
32016 ;;;;;; 504000))
32017
32018 ;;;***
32019 \f
32020 (provide 'loaddefs)
32021 ;; Local Variables:
32022 ;; version-control: never
32023 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32024 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32025 ;; coding: utf-8
32026 ;; End:
32027 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here